Contact details

United Kingdom
Great King Street North,
Birmingham, B19 2LF
Customer Sevices:
Tel: 0845 605 4333 Fax: 0845 605 4334
E-mail: legrand.sales@legrand.co.uk

2011 /12 Catalogue - Industrial Range

Technical Support:
Tel: 0870 608 9020 Fax: 0870 608 9021
E-mail: technical.uk@legrand.co.uk

2011/12

global specialist in
electrical and DIGITAL
BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES

Distributor:

catalogUE

Head Office (UK and Ireland):
Great King Street North,
Birmingham, B19 2LF
Tel: +44 (0)870 608 9000
Fax: +44 (0)870 608 9004
Website: www.legrand.co.uk

The Legrand logo is a registered trademark
of the Legrand group of companies.

Industrial catalogue - 09.2011.PDF

INDUSTRIAL RANGE

Atlantic steel

Atlantic
stainless steel

Marina GRP

Equipment and
locking accessories

Enclosure air
conditioning

Industrial
plastic boxes

Enclosures
and
equipment
NEW IN 2010
Resistance heaters
IP 20
(p. 255)

238

Nylbloc

P. 240
Selection chart

P. 240
Selection chart

P. 240
Selection chart

P. 251
Mounting plates

P. 255
Ventilation
fan kits

P. 258
Selection chart

P. 263
Nylbloc
terminal strips

P. 242
Wall mounting
steel enclosures
IP 55 and IP 66
- IK 10
P. 246
Wall mounting
stainless enclosures
IP 66 - IK 10

035507-66269m.eps

P. 248
Wall mounting
GRP enclosures
IP 66 - IK 10

035201-66259m.eps

P. 251
Internal doors
and insulated
modular chassis

035261-66260m.eps

P. 243
Wall mounting
steel enclosures
with glass window
IP 55 - IK 10

P. 243
Equipment and
accessories

P. 246
Wall mounting
stainless enclosures
with glass window
IP 66 - IK 10

P. 247
Dimensions

035507-66269m.eps

P. 248
Wall mounting
GRP enclosures
with glass window
IP 66 - IK 10

035223-68006m.eps

P. 252
Equipment
and
accessories

035261-66260m.eps

P. 244
Dimensions

68528a.eps

035507-66269m.eps

68528a.eps

68528a.eps

P. 249
Dimensions

P. 250
Free standing
GRP enclosures
IP 66 - IK 10

P. 253
Dimensions

P. 254
Locking
accessories
036804-66274m.eps

P. 255 NEW
Ventilation
and heating

P. 256
Operating
principles and
dimensions
035013-42518m.eps

P. 259
PS range
with membrane
glands
IP 55 - IK 07

034802-66276m.eps

68528a.eps

P. 260
PS and PP ranges
with smooth sides
IP 55 - IK 07

68528a.eps

036805-66275m.eps

035013-42518m.eps

P. 260
PC range
with smooth sides
IP 66 - IK 08

P. 262
PVC range
with smooth sides
IP 55 - IK 07/08

035507-66269m.eps

239

IK 10 GREY RAL 7035 GREY RAL 7035 with 6 EW IP 6 window (nominal) D MARINA ENCLOSURES STAINLESS STEEL IP 66 .IK 10 GREY RAL 7035 GREY RAL 7035 with window H N W Shape H (mm) W (mm) D (mm) 400 300 160 0355 09(1) – – – – – – 0352 00 Supplied with plain plate – 0362 50 – 300 200 160 0355 00(1) Supplied with plain plate 400 300 200 0355 02 0354 92 0352 01 0352 21 0362 51 0362 71 500 400 200 0355 03 0354 93 0352 02 0352 22 0362 52 0362 72 600 400 200 0355 04 – 0352 03 0352 23 – – 500 400 250 0355 07 – – – – – 600 400 250 0355 08 0354 94 0352 05 0352 25 0362 55 0362 75 700 500 250 0355 12 0354 95 0352 06 0352 26 0362 56 0362 76 800 600 250 0355 14 – – – – – 1000 600 250 0355 17 – – – – – 1000 800 250 0355 18 – – – – – 700 500 300 0355 22 – – – – – 800 600 300 0355 23 0354 96 0352 11 0352 31 0362 61 0362 81 1000 600 300 0355 26 – – – – – 1000 800 300 0355 27 0354 97 0352 13 0352 33 0362 63 0362 83 1200 800 300 0355 92 – 0352 14 – 0362 64 0362 84 1200 1000 300 0355 93(2) – – – – – 1400 1000 300 0355 95(2) – – – – – 800 600 400 0355 28 – – – – – 1000 800 400 0355 29 – – – – – 1200 800 400 0355 96 – – – – – 1400 800 400 0355 98 – 0352 15 – – – 300 300 160 0355 05(1) – – – – – 300 300 200 0355 30 – – – – – 400 400 200 0355 31 – – – – – 500 500 250 0355 32 – – – – – 600 600 250 0355 10 – – – – – 800 800 250 0355 15 – – – – – 600 600 300 0355 20 – – – – – 800 800 300 0355 24 – – – – – 1000 1000 300 0355 91(2) – – – – – 1200 1200 300 0355 94(2) – – – – – 600 600 400 0355 36 – – – – – 1200 1200 400 0355 97(2) – – – – – 300 400 200 0355 01 – – – – – 400 600 250 0355 06 – – – – – 800 1000 250 0355 33(2) – – – – – 600 800 300 0355 21(2) – – – – – 600 1000 300 0355 37(2) – – – – – 800 1000 300 0355 34(2) – – – – – 1000 1200 300 0355 90(2) – – – – – (1) Without gland plate (2) 2 doors (3) Requires Cat. No.pour Atlantic exemple and Marina : xxxxxxx enclosures and equipment xxxxxxxx EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS ATLANTIC ENCLOSURES STEEL IP 66 (1 door) or IP 55 (2 door) . 0363 69 when mounting in Atlantic steel (A) For Atlantic (M) For Marina (4) The same plate is used for both vertical and horizontal enclosures 240 .IK 10 Stainless 304 L Stainless 304 L with window POLYESTER (GRP) IP 66 .

251) 241 . 255) Heaters and thermostat (p. 250) Ventilation kit (p.IK 10 grey RAL 7035 (p. 254) – – – 0363 00(A) 0362 91(M) 0363 00 0363 01(A) 0362 92(M) 0363 01(A) 0362 92(M) 0360 65 0360 47 0360 88 0361 58 0367 85 – – – 0363 02 0360 68 0360 79 0360 98 0361 59 0367 85 – – – 0363 02 0360 59 0360 33 0360 19 0361 55 0367 83 – 0363 63(3) – 0363 40 0360 61 0360 42 0360 21 0361 56 0367 84 – 0363 64(3) – 0363 41 0360 64 0360 46 0360 87 0361 58 0367 84 – 0363 65(3) – 0363 41 0360 67 0360 75 0360 90 0361 59 0367 84 – – – 0363 41 0360 69 0360 02 0360 91 0361 50 0367 80 – – – – 0360 69 0360 02 0360 91 0361 50 0367 80 – – – – 0360 70 0360 05 0360 92 0361 51 0367 81 – – – – 0360 71 0360 14 0360 93 0361 52 0367 82 – – – – 0360 57 0360 24 0360 17 0361 53 0367 83 – – – – 0360 60 0360 34 0360 20 0361 55 0367 84 – – – – 0360 57 0360 24 0360 17 0361 53 0367 83 – – – 0363 00 0360 60 0360 34 0360 20 0361 55 0367 84 – – – 0363 01 0360 63 0360 43 0360 25 0361 56 0367 85 – – – 0363 02 0360 66 0360 48 0360 89 0361 58 0367 86 – – – 0363 03 0360 57 0360 24 0360 17 0361 53 0367 83 – – – 0363 40 0360 66 0360 48 0360 89 0361 58 0367 86 – – – 0363 43 0360 52(4) 0360 04 0360 11 0361 50 0367 81 – – – – 0360 56(4) 0360 22 0360 13 0361 51 0367 83 – – – – 0360 61(4) 0360 42 0360 94 0361 55 0367 85 – – – – 0360 59(4) 0360 33 0360 06 0361 53 0367 84 – – – 0363 01 0360 54(4) 0360 40 0360 08 0361 53 0367 85 – – – 0363 02 0360 61(4) 0360 42 0360 94 0361 55 0367 85 – – – 0363 02 0360 65(4) 0360 47 0360 10 0361 56 0367 86 – – – 0363 03 Marina free standing polyester (GRP) IP 66 .pour exemple : xxxxxxx xxxxxxxx EQUIPMENT Plain plates pre-galv. 255) Chassis kits (p. 252) 0367 80 – – – 0363 59(3) – – 0361 02 0363 60(3) – – – 0363 61(3) – – – 0363 60(3) – – – – 0360 04 0360 12 0361 51 0360 49(M) 0360 50(A) 0360 00(A) 0360 01(M) 0360 07(A) 0361 50(A) 0360 52 0360 04 0360 12 0361 51 0367 80 0361 01 0360 55 0360 09 0360 15 0361 52 0367 81 0360 56 0360 22 0360 16 0361 53 0367 81 0360 55 0360 09 0360 15 0361 52 0367 81 – 0363 59(3) – 0360 52 – – – 61(3) 0360 56 0360 22 0360 16 0361 53 0367 81 0361 03 0363 0360 58 0360 31 0360 18 0361 54 0367 82 0361 05 0363 62 0360 59 0360 33 0360 19 0361 55 0367 83 – 0363 63(3) – 0360 54 0360 40 0360 23 0361 56 0367 83 – – – – 0360 61 0360 42 0360 21 0361 56 0367 84 – 0363 64(3) – – 0360 58 0360 31 0360 18 0361 54 0367 82 – 0363 62(3) – (3) (3) 0360 59 0360 33 0360 19 0361 55 0367 83 0361 06 0363 63 0360 54 0360 40 0360 23 0361 56 0367 83 – – 0362 93(M) 0362 94(M) – (3) 0360 61 0360 42 0360 21 0361 56 0367 84 0361 09 0363 64 0360 64 0360 46 0360 87 0361 58 0367 84 – 0363 65 (3) 0362 95(M) 0362 95(M) Locks (p. steel Lina 12·5 perforated plates Lina 25 perforated plates Lina 25 sectioned uprights Lina 25 crosspieces Modular chassis ASSOCIATED PRODUCTS Internal doors Roofs Plinths Document pocket (p.

Nos. 0355 00/05/09) Provision to fix optional runners and brackets for depth adjustment in enclosures from 600 x 600 mm Pack Cat. Plexo boxes can accept IP 2X terminals..Nema 12 BUR Enclosures for your environment Atlantic steel wall mounting enclosures 1828 35 RAL 70 0355 00 35 RAL 70 0355 23 0355 07 Technical information and dimensions (p. 242 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0355 05(4) 0355 09(4) 0355 00(5) 0355 30 0355 01 0355 02 0355 31 0355 03 0355 04 0355 06 0355 07 0355 32 0355 08 0355 10 0355 12 0355 14 0355 15 0355 33 0355 17 0355 18 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0355 20 0355 21 0355 37 0355 22 0355 23 0355 24 0355 34 0355 26 0355 27 0355 91 0355 90 0355 92 0355 93 0355 94 0355 95 0355 36 0355 28 0355 29 0355 96 0355 97 0355 98 Weight (kg) Number of doors 300 x 300 x 160(3) 4·1 1 400 x 300 x 160 6·3 1 300 x 200 x 160(2) 4·2 1 300 x 300 x 200(3) 4·2 1 300 x 400 x 200(3) 6·5 1 400 x 300 x 200 6·5 1 400 x 400 x 200 7·7 1 500 x 400 x 200 9·7 1 10·7 1 600 x 400 x 200 400 x 600 x 250 11·7 1 500 x 400 x 250 10·7 1 500 x 500 x 250 11·5 1 600 x 400 x 250 12 1 600 x 600 x 250 16·3 1 700 x 500 x 250 16·5 1 800 x 600 x 250 18·8 1 800 x 800 x 250 21·6 1 27 2 800 x 1 000 x 250 1 000 x 600 x 250 24 1 1 000 x 800 x 250 36·4 1 The following enclosures can be mounted on to 200 mm high plinths (see p. ideal for saline atmospheres or other environments where metal would degrade. IK 10 according to IEC 62262 UL listed (1 door Nema 4x. GÖST EMC attenuation 20 dB 60 µ thick textured polyester coating provides excellent resistance to corrosion and chemical agents Automatic positioning of equipment on to active corners with M8 fixings (see technical p. STEEL Atlantic steel enclosures are suitable for non-corrosive commercial and industrial environments. Bureau Veritas. IP 55 and IP 66 . providing panel builders and users with much more than just a box. Enclosures grey RAL 7035 Nominal external dimensions (mm) Height x Width x Depth (1) GRP Marina GRP enclosures.E 35 RAL 70 AU VE R ITA S Legrand’s range of industrial enclosures has been designed to the highest specification. DIN rail and mounting plates.Nema 4x . PLaSTic Available with transparent or plain covers and with hinges or cover fixings. 2 door Nema 12) CSA. 252) IP 55 according to IEC 60529 for 2 door enclosures and IP 66 according to IEC 60529 for 1 door enclosures. 243) 600 x 600 x 300 21·1 1 600 x 800 x 300 28·8 2 600 x 1 000 x 300 33·3 2 700 x 500 x 300 23 1 800 x 600 x 300 28·8 1 800 x 800 x 300 34·2 1 32 2 800 x 1 000 x 300 1 000 x 600 x 300 33·3 1 1 000 x 800 x 300 42 1 1 000 x 1 000 x 300 53 2 62·2 2 1 000 x 1 200 x 300 1 200 x 800 x 300 49·6 1 1 200 x 1 000 x 300 62·2 2 1 200 x 1 200 x 300 70 2 1 400 x 1 000 x 300 71 2 28 1 600 x 600 x 400 31 1 800 x 600 x 400 1 000 x 800 x 400 45 1 1 200 x 800 x 400 57 1 1 200 x 1 200 x 400 77 2 1 400 x 800 x 400 64 1 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Depth excluding lock Supplied with plain plate and key closure (no handle) Key closure (no handle) With no opening With no opening. 245) Reversible door and single lock with 2 x 2433 A keys irrespective of size 300 mm high enclosures have key closure (no handle) One. No. 244-245) Equipment (p.IK 10 . Supplied with plain plates .. STainLESS STEEL Atlantic 304L grade stainless steel enclosures are ideally suited to the food industry. TUV. two or three closing points depending on size Enclosures of 500 mm high and above have door uprights Polyurethane door seal and gutter to shed water Gland plate (except Cat.

244-245) Equipment (p. load Vertical or horizontal fixing Anti-corrosion treated steel Weight (kg) 600 x 300 6 800 x 300 6·7 1 000 x 300 7·4 1 200 x 300 10·1 For enclosures depth 400 mm 0347 95 0367 44 Set of 4 runners and brackets with fixings for depth adjustment 1 1 0367 43 For enclosures of depth 250 mm (from 600 x 600 mm) 0367 44 For enclosures of depth 300 mm Weight (kg) Earth braids 10·2 13·6 Provide earth continuity between door and enclosure body Cross-section (mm2) Roofs available on request 20 20 0347 95 0347 96 6 16 Length between fixing centres (mm) 200 200 Holes Ø (mm) 8·5 8·5 243 . Nos.Nema 12 (continued) Atlantic steel wall mounting enclosures equipment and accessories 35 RAL 70 35 RAL 70 0364 01 0355 23 + plinth 0363 00 0354 93 Technical information and dimensions (p. Set of 4 wall mounting brackets 0364 01 Mazak brackets with cover .Atlantic steel wall mounting enclosures IP 55 . 252) Pack Cat. load Vertical or horizontal fixing except if fitted with canopy (horizontal fixing only) 0364 04 Steel brackets . 0364 04 Enclosures grey RAL 7035 with tempered glass window Tinted tempered glass window Single lock with 2 x 2433 A keys External dimensions (mm) Height x Width x Depth 1 1 1 1 1 1 0354 92 400 x 300 x 200 0354 93 500 x 400 x 200 0354 94 600 x 400 x 250 0354 95 700 x 500 x 250 0354 96 800 x 600 x 300 0354 97 1 000 x 800 x 300 Window dimensions (mm) Height x Width Weight (kg) 300 x 128 400 x 228 500 x 228 600 x 328 700 x 428 850 x 628 6 8 10 15 25 36 Plinths anthracite grey RAL 7021 Pack 10 1 Height 200 mm For enclosures depth 300 mm For enclosures Width x Depth (mm) 1 1 1 1 0363 00 0363 01 0363 02 0363 03 For enclosures Width x Depth (mm) 1 1 0363 41 0363 43 800 x 400 1 200 x 400 Cat. Nos.300 kg max.100 kg max.IK 10 .Nema 4x .

saline mist .cracks .neutralisation of above . 0355 00 0355 05/30 0355 01 0355 02/09 0355 31 0355 06 0355 03/07 0355 32 0355 04/08 0355 10/20/36 0355 21 0355 37 0355 12/22 0355 14/23/28 0355 15/24 0355 33/34 0355 17/26 0355 18/27/29 0355 91 0355 90 0355 92/96 0355 93 0355 94/97 0355 98 0355 95 ■ Plinths L Q O Properties of the polyester coating • Polyester coating process : .6 Gland plates M View from below .(BS) NSS Laboratory to ISO 9227 and Kq Laboratory to EN 60068-2-11 : 1 000 hours . neutralisation .EN ISO 6272-1 : 1 kg .floor fixing H C N Metal thickness ≤ 600mm H = 1·3mm O 13 49 30.EN ISO 2409 : Class 0 to 1 . 0363 00 0363 01 0363 02 0363 03 0363 41 0363 43 244 Dimensions (mm) A 600 x 300 600 800 x 300 800 1 000 x 300 1 000 1 200 x 300 1 200 800 x 400 800 1 200 x 400 1 200 B C D 280 280 280 280 380 380 200 200 200 200 200 200 150 150 150 150 250 250 E F G 574 469 150 774 469 150 974 369 x 2 150 1 174 469 x 2 150 774 469 250 1 174 469 x 2 250 H J L 542 742 942 1 142 742 1 142 271 371 471 571 371 571 287 387 487 587 387 587 Width (mm) Enclosures Depth (mm) External depth without lock C (mm) 200 300 300 400 400 500 500 600 600 600 800 800 800 1 000 1 000 1 200 1 200 160 150 200 200 250 250 300 250 300 400 250 300 400 250 300 300 400 170 160 210 210 260 260 310 260 310 410 260 310 410 260 310 310 410 Usable space for glands N (mm) M (mm) – – 169 269 269 369 369 469 469 469 469 469 469 369 369 469 469 – – 115 115 115 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 No. Nos.EN ISO 1522 : 320 seconds . of gland plates – – 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 . suitable for general industrial environments except in areas having excessive corrosion Usable door surface area and lock positions/guides 1 door 2 doors 150 Front aperture F View from above .chromium passivated for corrosion resistance.very good lustre retention . Nos.enclosure fixing E 65 B O9 D O P L P L Enclosures Height Width (mm) (mm) Cat.IK 10 ■ Technical information ■ Dimensions RAL 7035 polyester coated steel with corrosion resistant metal hinges and closure parts.resistance to shock .iron phosphatisation provides good adherence .Atlantic steel wall mounting enclosures IP 55 .sulphur dioxide SO2 : 500 hours .6 Door 131 700mm H = 1·5mm ≥ 800mm H = 1.EN ISO 1519 : 6 mm .very good lustre retention 150 °C for 3 hours .application of a pure polyester coating by electrostatic dusting • Coating thickness : 80 µm (microns) • Mechanical characteristics : obtained on steel test bars 8/10 and 10/10 : .8mm M Sides all 1·3mm Back ≤ 600x400mm = 0.Persoz hardness .Ericksen embossing .bending on cylindrical mandrel .heat : 100 °C for 168 hours .8mm ≥ 600x600mm = 1·3mm C 115 52 N G J M 169 Cat.50 cm • Resistance to environmental conditions : .cold : –40 °C 200 300 400 300 400 600 400 500 400 600 800 1 000 500 600 800 1 000 600 800 1 000 1 200 800 1 000 1 200 800 1 000 300 300 300 400 400 400 500 500 600 600 600 600 700 800 800 800 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 200 1 200 1 200 1 400 1 400 Usable door area Height Width Lock position Upright sections O (mm) P (mm) Q (mm) L (mm) 251 251 251 351 351 325 425 425 525 525 525 525 625 725 725 725 925 925 925 925 1 125 1 125 1 125 1 325 1 325 148 248 348 248 348 500 300 400 300 500 300 x 2 400 x 2 400 500 700 400 x 2 500 700 400 x 2 500 x 2 700 400 x 2 500 x 2 700 400 x 2 (1) (3) (1) (3) (1) (3) (1) (3) (1) (3) (1) 530 330 430 330 530 330 430 430 530 730 430 530 730 430 530 730 430 530 730 430 (1) (1) 350(2) 350(2) (1) (1) 400(2) 500(2) 500(2) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) Central lock (2) Top or bottom lock (3) Without upright sections A 30.EN ISO 1520 : 8 mm .adhesion (chequer pattern and sellotape) .

245 . IP 55 does not necessarily mean that the steel enclosure can be used outdoors. 243) 10 17 51 Vertical Fixing Horizontal Fixing Overall dimensions Enclosures wall brackets centres wall brackets centres 0364 01 0364 04 Height Width (mm) (mm) R (mm) S*(mm) E (mm) T*(mm) U (mm) F (mm) V (mm) Y (mm) V (mm) Y (mm) 200 300 400 300 400 600 400 500 400 600 800 1 000 500 600 800 1 000 600 800 1 000 1 200 800 1 000 1 200 800 1 000 375 375 375 475 475 475 575 575 675 675 675 675 775 875 875 875 1 075 1 075 1 075 1 075 1 275 1 275 1 275 1 475 1 275 150 250 350 250 350 550 350 450 350 550 750 950 450 550 750 950 550 750 950 1 150 750 950 1 150 750 1 150 225 225 225 325 325 325 425 425 525 525 525 525 625 725 725 725 925 925 925 925 1 125 1 125 1 125 1 325 1 325 250 250 250 350 350 350 450 450 550 550 550 550 650 750 750 750 950 950 950 950 1 150 1 150 1 150 1 350 1 350 275 375 475 375 475 675 475 575 475 675 875 1 075 575 675 875 1 075 675 875 1 075 1 275 875 1 075 1 275 875 1 075 169 269 369 269 369 569 369 469 369 569 769 969 469 569 769 969 569 769 969 1 169 769 969 1 169 769 969 430 430 430 530 530 530 630 630 730 730 730 730 830 930 930 930 1 130 1 130 1 130 1 130 1 330 1 330 1 330 1 530 1 530 330 430 530 430 530 730 530 630 530 730 930 1 130 630 730 930 1 130 730 930 1 130 1 330 930 1 130 1 330 930 1 130 402 402 402 502 502 502 602 602 702 702 702 702 802 902 902 902 1 102 1 102 1 102 1 102 1 302 1 302 1 302 1 502 1 502 302 402 502 402 502 702 502 602 502 702 902 1 102 602 702 902 1 102 702 902 1 102 1 302 1 102 1 302 1 302 902 1 102 Adjustment of equipment Without runners 20 300 300 300 400 400 400 500 500 600 600 600 600 700 800 800 800 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 200 1 200 1 200 1 400 1 400 Enclosure Depth (mm) 160 200 250 300 400 With runners fitted (optional) W W X X 23 Without runners W (mm) X (mm) 140 180 230 280 380 125 165 215 265 365 With runners Enclosure Depth Runner W (mm) (mm) Cat. No. The finish will provide good protection against corrosion under normal conditions. No. For general external use and in particularly severe corrosive conditions we recommend the use of our Marina range of glass-fibre reinforced polyester enclosures. No. min. Legrand will be pleased to advise on appropriate extra protective means to be taken. 0364 01 and 0364 04 Important Legrand steel enclosures are supplied with a polyester finish.5 O9 T 49 18 27. 0364 04 9 F Y 22 25 70 U 17 Fixing method for runners and depth adjustment brackets (p. Nos.5 V Can be fixed directly to wall without brackets using Ø 9 mm holes E R 8. max. max. 78 198 78 248 78 348 * Same for Cat. Please consult the relevant standard.5 8.■ Dimensions (continued) Active corner Wall bracket fixing positions Cat. If the enclosures are to be installed in wet or corrosive conditions we recommend that a regular programme of inspection and maintenance is carried out. 0364 01 S Provides quick and easy fixing Transfers equipment weight to wall fixings 12. If service conditions are adverse we recommend that the enclosures are given extra surface protection at the time of installation.5 M8 64 Cat.4 37. 160 200 250 0367 43 93 213 300 0367 44 93 263 400 0367 45 93 363 X (mm) min.

Nema 4x IP 66 .IK 10 . LCIE N° 380 584 A B Stainless steel 304 L : Standard offer 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Nickel Brushed satin finish Polygrain 180 . epoxy coated Tinted tempered glass window 304 L External dimension (mm) Height x Width x Depth Window dimensions (mm) Height x Width Weight (kg) 0352 21 0352 22 0352 23 0352 25 0352 26 0352 31 0352 33 400 x 300 x 200 500 x 400 x 200 600 x 400 x 200 600 x 400 x 250 700 x 500 x 250 800 x 600 x 300 1 000 x 800 x 300 300 x 128 400 x 228 500 x 228 500 x 228 600 x 328 700 x 428 850 x 628 7·5 8·5 9·6 12 15 25 38 Set of 4 wall mounting brackets Supplied with screws 304 L 0364 06 Stainless steel (300 kg max. IK 10 according to IEC 62262.Ra 0·25 to 0·35 µm .paper industry Rounded door.alkaline solutions (unless hot or above 50 %) . Bureau Veritas.cold dilute organic acids .food products (except mustard and white wine) Physical properties Specific weight .density : Coefficient of expansion : Specific heat : Electrical resistivity : Thermal conductivity : 8 16 µ / m °C 500 J / kg °C 0·75 µΩ mm2 15 W / m °C The only way of guaranteeing excellent resistance to intercrystalline corrosion is the low carbon content (0·03 %) of 304 L stainless steel 304 L External dimensions (mm) Height x Width x Depth Weight (kg) France AFNOR NFEN 300 x 200 x 160 400 x 300 x 200 500 x 400 x 200 600 x 400 x 200 600 x 400 x 250 700 x 500 x 250 800 x 600 x 300 1 000 x 800 x 300 1 200 x 800 x 300 1 400 x 800 x 400 4 5·8 8·3 10·8 12 15 22 38 45 66 Germany USA DIN AISI Z3 CN 18-10 X 2 CNI 19-11 X 2 CNI 19-11 (W.chemical plants . EN 50102 UL listed (Nema 4x) CSA.dairies . load) (1) Cat.Rt 2·5 to 4 µm 0352 11 0352 21 Technical information and dimensions (p. aggressive environments such as chemical plants or offshore 304 L in % AU VE BUR ITA S 1828 For use in : • areas requiring a high level of hygiene : . Nos. sulphides and sulphates . LRS. 304 L 0352 00(2) 0352 01 0352 02 0352 03 0352 05 0352 06 0352 11 0352 13 0352 14 0352 15 304 L : Provides good resistance to : .Atlantic stainless steel wall mounting enclosures Atlantic stainless steel wall mounting enclosures IP 66 . 252) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 18 to 19 To salt spray (SS) To sulphur dioxide (SO2) 0352 01 Pack < 0·03 Chromium Corrosion resistance R E Carbon .Nr 1-4 306) 304 L 304 L grade enclosures are fitted with Mazak double bar locks.Nema 4x ■ Technical information Stainless steel enclosures provide a solution in harsh. reversible enclosure Automatic positioning of equipment on to active corners with M8 fixings Provision to fix optional runners and brackets for depth adjustment in enclosures from 600 x 400 x 250 mm Cat. all others are fitted with 2 locks (2) Supplied with plain plate 246 304 L 1 000 hrs 1 000 hrs Different country names Stainless steel enclosures(1) Stainless steel enclosures with tempered glass window 1 9 to 11 Stainless steel properties IP 66 according to IEC 60529.industrial/commercial kitchens • corrosive conditions : .food processing plants .pharmaceutical industry .IK 10 .nitric acid at concentrations of 52 % at all temperatures (or 98 % when cold) .saline solutions other than chlorides. GÖST. 0352 00/01 are fitted with 1 lock. Nos. protective flange. 246-247) Equipment (p.fresh water and natural atmosphere with low carbon content .petroleum industry .

160 200 250 300 400 – – 0367 43 0367 44 0367 45 With runners (see p. – – 93 93 93 – – 213 263 363 – – 78 78 78 – – 198 248 348 U Y Cat. Nos. Nos.5 46 Enclosure Depth (mm) Runners Cat. 252 Vertical wall brackets Horizontal wall brackets Active corner Dimensions R (mm) S (mm) T (mm) U (mm) V (mm) Y (mm) E (mm) F (mm) 350 450 550 650 650 750 850 1 050 1 250 1 450 150 250 350 350 350 450 550 750 750 750 250 350 450 550 550 650 750 950 1 150 250 350 450 450 450 550 650 850 850 392 492 592 692 692 792 892 1 092 1 292 292 392 492 492 492 592 692 892 892 225 325 425 525 525 625 725 925 1 125 169 269 369 369 369 469 569 769 769 1 350 850 1 492 892 1 325 769 Provides quick and easy fixing Transfers equipment weight to wall fixings M8 O9 Fixing method for runners and depth adjustment brackets (p.Atlantic stainless steel wall mounting enclosures IP 66 . 0352 00 0352 01 0352 02 0352 03 0352 05 0352 06 0352 11 0352 13 0352 14 0352 15 Usable door surface area Lock positions Height Width Depth A (mm) B (mm) (mm) O (mm) P (mm) Q (mm) 301·6 401·6 501·6 601·6 601·6 702·4 802·4 1 003·6 1 203·6 1 400·6 199·6 299·6 399·6 399·6 399·6 500 600 800·6 800·6 800·6 161·5 201·5 201·5 201·5 251·5 251·5 301·5 301·5 301·5 401·5 250 350 450 550 550 650 750 950 1 150 1 350 150 250 350 350 350 450 550 750 750 750 – – 250 380 380 400 400 600 700 700 Enclosure Depth (mm) W (mm) X (mm) 160 200 250 300 400 140 180 230 280 380 125 165 215 265 365 Without runners Adjustment of equipment with runners (optional)(1) W X Fixing positions S Cat. 0352 00 0352 01/21 0352 02/22 0352 03/23 0352 05/25 0352 06/26 0352 11/31 0352 13/33 0352 14 0352 15 For mounting plates. No.5 T V E R (1) Mild steel with anticorrosive treatment F 23.IK 10 ■ Dimensions Position of equipment without runners B W Q A O X P Cat. 0364 06 25 38 8. Max. Max. Nos. Min. see p. 243) 10 247 . 243) W (mm) X (mm) Min.

load.Marina wall mounting enclosures polyester IP 66 . dimensions (mm) HxWxD Window (mm) HxW 0362 71 400 x 300 x 206 0362 72 500 x 400 x 206 0362 75 610 x 400 x 257 0362 76 720 x 510 x 250 0362 81 820 x 610 x 300 0362 83 1 020 x 810 x 300 0362 84 1 220 x 810 x 300 235 x 145 335 X 245 463 x 245 570 x 272 672 x 372 770 x 495 970 x 495 Accessories Set of 4 polyester wall mounting brackets. 180° opening (except Cat. 0362 42 available for enclosures 400 mm high and above Pack Cat. (kg) 300 400 to 1 200 100 150 1 1 0364 08 0364 09 10 0362 40 Metal inserts for M8 rear fixing For enclosure height ≥ 400 mm (anchor into blind holes provided in enclosure rear) 1 0362 42 Depth adjust kit for enclosures ≥ 200 mm 4 fixings complete with screws 1 0362 44 Coupling kit (horizontal or vertical) for enclosure heights ≥ 500 mm Kit ensures maintained IP 66 rating. 0368 26 key barrels. Self extinguishing at 960 °C according to IEC EN 60695-2-11. supplied complete with bolts and brass insert bushes For enclosures H (mm) Max. No. wall brackets Cat. 0362 61 fitted with : 0364 09 brackets. No. Nos. captive stainless steel hinge pins Mounting plate/equipment can be fixed directly to the rear of the enclosure Accepts partial plate from 500 x 400 x 200 mm and/or rails (except Cat. IK 10 according to IEC EN 62262 (EN 50102). 0364 09 must be ordered separately) Internal doors (see p. dimensions (mm) HxWxD 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0362 50 300 x 220 x 160 0362 51 400 x 300 x 206 0362 52 500 x 400 x 206 0362 55 610 x 400 x 257 0362 56 720 x 510 x 250 0362 61 820 x 610 x 300 0362 63 1 020 x 810 x 300 0362 64 1 220 x 810 x 300 300 x 200 x 160 400 x 300 x 200 500 x 400 x 200 600 x 400 x 250 700 x 500 x 250 800 x 600 x 300 1 000 x 800 x 300 1 200 x 800 x 300 Wall mounting grey RAL 7035 with tinted tempered glass window 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Pack Cat. Nos.) For enclosures W x D (mm) 1 1 0362 91 0362 92 600 x 300 800 x 300 Roofs grey RAL 7035 IK 10 For enclosures W x D (mm) 1 1 1 0362 93 0362 94 0362 95 500 x 250 600 x 300 800 x 300 Anti-graffiti versions available to special order Contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333 (1)Permits the final assembly to have Class II insulation according to EN 60439-1 248 . Wall mounting grey RAL 7035 Ext. 0363 63 internal door. No. 246-247) IP 66 according to IEC EN 60529. Corresponding Atlantic (mm) HxWxD Ext. 0362 50) Optional depth adjustment kit Cat. Multiple kits can be used to join multiple enclosures (For wall mounting. No. No. Designed for corrosive environments Reversible door. 0362 44 coupling kit and 0362 42 depth adjustment kit 0362 55 + wall brackets 0364 09 0362 42 Technical information and dimensions (p. 0362 50).IK 10 0364 09 35 RAL 70 35 RAL 70 0362 44 0362 63 + plinth 0362 92 + roof 0362 95 Enclosure Cat. 251) Plinths grey RAL 7035 Height 170 mm Front and rear access plates Plinths can be stacked for extra height (2 max. UL/CSA approval applied for. Double bar lock(s). Class II(1) Glass fibre reinforced polyester (GRP) enclosures.

J 0362 50 250 0362 51/71 300 0362 52/72 400 0362 33/55/75 500 0362 34/56/76 600 0362 35/61/81 700 0362 36/63/83 900 0362 37/64/84 1 100 150 180 280 280 340 440 600 600 105 130 130 180 170 220 220 220 195 250 350 350 400 500 700 700 250 260 360 460 560 660 860 1 060 115 150 150 180 170 230 230 230 194 260 360 360 460 560 760 960 280 350 450 560 662 762 962 1 162 130 178 178 225 211 261 261 261 200 300 400 400 500 580 700 (1) Except for enclosures with glass windows B ■ Equipment fixing 225 325 325 425 525 725 725 102·5 87·5 95 100 100 100 100 228·5 228·5 328·5 428·5 528·5 728·5 728·5 E 358 458 558 664 764 964 1164 F 259 359 358 468 568 768 768 G 220 325 425 525 600 700 900 1100 H R S V T 150 330 190 359 270 120 470 241 525 341 220 570 341 625 441 220 680 341 735 551 200 789 441 844 641 300 887 548 942 758 500 1087 748 1142 958 500 1287 748 1342 1158 U 250 370 470 470 579 677 877 877 Y 279 425 525 525 634 732 932 932 ■ Plinths and roofs L 170 125 225 325 425 525 725 925 C 163 225 325 325 425 525 725 725 0362 50(1) 0362 51/71 0362 52/72 0362 33/55/75 0362 34/56/76 0362 35/61/81 0362 36/63/83 0362 37/64/84 With horizontal brackets (mm) D C 263 325 425 525 625 725 925 1125 A 0362 50 0362 51/71 0362 52/72 0362 33/55/75 0362 34/56/76 0362 35/61/81 0362 36/63/83 0362 37/64/84 Cat. Others use Cat.IP 66 . No. No. 0362 44 (Brackets Cat. 0364 08 wall brackets. 0364 09 not included) Usable space 80 x 287·5 249 . 0364 09 26 C P D 30. No. Ø 14 P 60 150 265 50 B Cat. 0362 42) 50 ■ Adjustment of equipment (kit required) 2 155 155 205 205 255 255 255 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 B Weight A Width Plinth Cat. No. No. (mm) (mm) (kg) 0362 93 0362 94 0362 95 510 612 812 310 360 360 1 1·3 1·7 B ■ Coupling kit for wall mounting enclosures Cat.2 H 8.5 H E J ■ Fixing positions Y A D F B U 26 S G F B A 100 75 G C E T R V A H 100 B Usable dimensions (mm) A(1) B(1) C D E F G H I max. No. Nos. (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg) A 0362 91 0362 92 590 790 480 680 344 544 4·8 5·4 Roof Width D Weight Cat.IK 10 ■ Wall mounting brackets ■ Dimensions and weights. No. With vertical brackets (mm) (1) Use Cat. Nos.Marina wall mounting enclosures polyester . 0362 50 0362 51/71 0362 52/72 0362 33/55/75 0362 34/56/76 0362 35/61/81 0362 36/63/83 0362 37/64/84 Full mounting plate (mm) A max A min (with. No. 0364 08 Ø 18 I 27. Nos.5 16 25 50 L Cat. Nos. Cat. usable areas Cat. Nos. Direct Direct fixing fixing outside through mounting rear of plate area enclosure (mm) (mm) A F 79 Cat. Nos.5 13. 0364 09 wall brackets A B C D E F (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) E Cat. 0362 42) 135 170 170 220 220 270 270 270 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 Chassis with rail (mm) B max B min (with Cat.

No.IP 66 .IK 10 ■ Dimensions and weights. Nos.Marina free standing enclosures polyester IP 66 . Nos. Front and rear access plates Stackable for extra height (2 max) 0362 96 For enclosures W x D 800 x 400 mm ■ Equipment adjustment B D 0362 97 For enclosures W x D 800 x 400 mm A max A min 357 88 Chassis rail (mm) 2 A max A min 351 82 Equipment For enclosures H x W (mm) 1 1 1 0349 59 0349 50 0344 18 ■ Mounting plates Cat. usable areas 35 RAL 70 35 RAL 70 Marina free standing enclosures 53 D W 280 500 Fixing centres of mounting bosses 550 mm th. Enclosures grey RAL 7035 External dimensions (mm) HxWxD 1 1 1 0362 85 0362 86 0362 87 Corresponding metal enclosure (mm) HxWxD 1 460 x 800 x 463 1 660 x 800 x 463 1 860 x 800 x 463 ■ Equipment fixing 1 400 x 800 x 400 1 600 x 800 x 400 1 800 x 800 x 400 Cat. No. Stainless steel hinges and hinge pins Reversible door equipped with equipment mounting bosses.please contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333 250 100 100 A 1 292 1 492 1 692 380 1 400 1 600 1 800 Ø14 250 680 544 Plain 65 1 0362 46 Lifting rings M14. Supplied with two part gland plate and fixing kit for plain plate or sectioned uprights Three point locking handle with European lock and 2433 A key(2) Depth adjustment of equipment ° 180 D B 50 Dimensions H x W x D (mm) Weight (kg) 1 460 x 800 x 463(1) 1 660 x 800 x 463(1) 1 860 x 800 x 463(1) 49 53 57 Cat.IK 10 polyester . IK 10 according to IEC EN 62262 (EN 50102) UL/CSA approval applied for. 0362 85 0362 86 0362 87 Usable area (mm) A B C D 1 230 530 1 300 700 1 430 530 1 500 700 1 630 530 1 700 700 (1) 487 with handle Pack Cat. 4 H C 0362 85 A 0362 86 + plinth 0362 96 + roof 0362 97 Technical information and dimensions (opposite) th. 1 C A 25 mm centres Sectional(1) uprights A D 630 630 630 Total plate (mm) A max A min 379 109 Partial plate (mm) Sectional uprights are required to fix partial plates in the 1 600 and 1 800 mm enclosures – order separately Roof grey RAL 7035 1 Mounting plate A B C 0362 85 1 225 675 1 250 0362 86 1 425 675 1 450 0362 87 1 625 675 1 650 (1) For mounting partial plates Plinth grey RAL 7035 Height 170 mm. 4 50 IP 66 according to IEC EN 60529. Set of 4 for maximum load of 500kg/m2 Supplied with blanking piece 0362 48 Coupling kit to horizontally join enclosures 25 1 . Nos. Class II(1) Glass fibre reinforced polyester (GRP) enclosures Self extinguishing at 960 °C according to IEC EN 60695-2-11 Designed for corrosive environments. 0362 97 Plain plate Net weight (kg) 692 675 27 30·5 34 1 400 x 800 1 600 x 800 1 800 x 800 ■ Roof 95. 0362 96 Accessories 170 790 B 1 225 1 425 1 625 Weight : 7 kg (1) Permits the final assembly to have Class II insulation according to EN 60439-1 (2) Other key codes .5 Plain plates Galvanised steel. Premarked at 100 mm intervals Permissible load : 200 kg/m2 521 60 6 Sectioned uprights 2 or 1 crosspieces B Weight : 2·5 kg Width : 794 mm A For mounting Lina 25 Zinc plated steel For enclosures H (mm) W (mm) 1 0344 91 1 400 1 481 ■ Plinth Cat.

IP xxB Fit Marina and Atlantic stainless steel enclosures. easy to fix. 252) Plain 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Lina 12·5 0360 49(1) 0360 01(1) 0360 69 0360 02 0360 52(2) 0360 04(3) 0360 52(2) 0360 04(3) 0360 70 0360 05 0360 56(2) 0360 22(3) 0360 55 0360 09 0360 71 0360 14 0360 56(2) 0360 22(3) 0360 57 0360 24 0360 59(2) 0360 33(3) 0360 54(2) 0360 40 0360 58 0360 31 0360 59(2) 0360 33(3) 0360 60 0360 34 0360 61(2) 0360 42(3) 0360 54(2) 0360 40 0360 61(2) 0360 42(3) 0360 63 0360 43 0360 65(2) 0360 47(3) 0360 64 0360 65(2) 0360 47(3) 0360 66 0360 67(3) 0360 68 For enclosure dimensions Height x Width (mm) Plain plate weight (kg) Lina 12·5 weight (kg) 300 x 220 0·9 0·47 300 x 300 1 0·6 300 x 400 1·3 0·8 400 x 300 1·3 0·8 400 x 400 1·7 1·1 400 x 600 3·3 2·2 500 x 400 2·7 1·5 500 x 500 3·5 1·85 600 x 400 3·3 2·2 600 x 600 6·2 3·7 600 x 800 8·4 5·2 600 x 1 000 10·6 6·8 700 x 500 6 3·7 800 x 600 8·4 5·2 800 x 800 11·4 7 800 x 1 000 14·4 9·2 1 000 x 600 10·6 6·8 1 000 x 800 14·4 9·2 1 000 x 1 000 20·5 11·5 1 000 x 1 200 23 13·9 1 200 x 800 18·5 1 200 x 1 000 23 13·9 1 200 x 1 200 34·4 26·4 1 400 x 800 1 400 x 1 000 32·2 Fixing accessories are supplied in each enclosure Lina 25 perforated Zinc plated sheet metal 1·5 mm thick up to 600 x 400 2 mm thick from 600 x 600 Accepts clip nut fixings (see p. Pack Mounting plates Plain and Lina 12·5 perforated Pre-galvanised steel Plain : 2 mm thick up to 400 x 400 3 mm thick from 400 x 600 Lina 12·5 : 2 mm thick Ø 6·5 mm for rivets Cat.equipment for wall mounting enclosures 35 RAL 70 0360 55 0360 18 0360 22 with rail 35 RAL 70 0363 60 internal door with Atlantic steel enclosure 0355 03 + kit 0363 69 0361 03 mounted in enclosure 0354 94 Technical information and dimensions (p. 253) Pack Cat. 0363 69 For mounting of control and signalling units Reversible. 0366 44 Ø 3·3 mm for equipment screws Cat. (mm) HxW Usable area (mm) HxW 0363 59 400 x 300 341 x 236 305 x 185 0363 60 500 x 400 441 x 336 405 x 250 0363 61 600 x 400 541 x 336 505 x 250 0363 62 700 x 500 642 x 436 500 x 340 0363 63 800 x 600 742 x 536 600 x 440 0363 64 1 000 x 800 942 x 736 800 x 640 0363 65 1 200 x 800 942 x 736 800 x 640 0363 69 Mounting kit for Atlantic steel enclosures Insulated modular chassis grey RAL 7035 Separate ABS front plate per row Supplied in kit form with metal uprights and crosspieces Grey RAL 7035 front plate Symmetrical rails 3 depth 15 mm Fixings supplied with enclosure For enclosure dimensions Height x Width x Depth (mm) 1 0361 01 400 x 300 x 200 30 modules (3 rows of 10) Supplied with 1 blanking plate 1 0361 02 500 x 400 x 200 48 modules (3 rows of 16) Supplied with 1 blanking plate 90 110 110 90 100 150 150 100 150 1 1 Weight (kg) 0·6 0·9 1·3 2·1 2 3·1 4·9 Cat. 252) Lina 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0360 12 0360 15 0360 16 0360 17 0360 18 0360 19 0360 21 For enclosure dimensions Height x Width (mm) 400 x 500 x 600 x 600 x 700 x 800 x 1 000 x 300 400 400 600 500 600 800 Fixing accessories are supplied in each enclosure Internal doors grey RAL 7035 . No. Also suitable for Atlantic steel enclosures when used with mounting kit Cat. Nos. robust 4 mm thick GRP construction For enclosures (mm) HxW 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Dim. Nos. No. 0347 45 (see p. No. 1 0361 03 600 x 400 x 250 48 modules (3 rows of 16) Supplied with 1 blanking plate 0361 05 700 x 500 x 250 84 modules (4 rows of 21) Supplied with 1 blanking plate 0361 06 800 x 600 x 300 108 modules (4 rows of 27) Supplied with 2 blanking plates 150 150 150 125 150 150 150 125 230 170 150 150 100 245 1 0361 09 1 000 x 800 x 300 190 modules (5 rows of 38) Supplied with 2 blanking plates 180 150 150 150 125 Blanking plate for windows (1) Marina only (2) The same plate is used for both vertical and horizontal enclosures (3) For Atlantic steel and Atlantic stainless steel enclosures 10 0361 00 For enclosures up to 800 mm wide Blanking plate to suit up to 670 x 45 mm window To be cut to required length 251 .

equipment and accessories for wall mounting enclosures 0364 40 0365 81 Uprights + crosspieces (subject to size) Pocket Cat. bolts. 0365 80 Pack Cat. On to rails EN 60715 Crosspieces 10 0374 02 Crosspiece length (mm) 300 400 500 600 243 343 443 543 32 . No.5 16 10 0374 07 1 2 5 15 9 Rail 2 m length c 0394 49 2 brackets with four 6 mm dia. Lina 25 sectioned uprights For enclosures height (mm) 0361 51 0361 53 0361 54 0361 55 0361 56 Pack Length of uprights (mm) 400 600 700 800 1 000 Thickness (mm) 337 537 637 737 937 Fixings 100 100 Clip nuts for perforated plates Supplied without screws 0364 40 For M4 screw 0364 42 For M6 screw 100 0364 78 For M4 mm screw 10 0044 16 Claw width 10 mm Threaded hole For M4 screw 10 0044 17 Claw width 17·5 mm Smooth hole Ø 3·8 mm Supplied with fixing screw Ø 3·5 mm Length 13 mm 40 0364 69 Fixomega for M4 screw 500 0366 44 Insulated plastic rivets Ø 6 mm for 6 mm holes 100 0347 45 Self piercing-tapping hex head screws 4·8 x 16 mm for Ø 3·3 mm holes 200 0347 50 Plastic insulating cap for above Profile 2·5 2·5 2·5 2·5 2·5 Cat. nuts and washers Self-adhesive document pockets RAL 7035 External dimensions (mm) Width x Height 20 20 252 0365 80 0365 81 340 x 235 260 x 165 Internal dimensions (mm) Width x Height x Depth 310 x 200 x 18 230 x 130 x 18 27 35 47 53·5 1. 2 2 For Lina 12·5 perforated plates 32·5 Mounting bracket for rail fixing at 45° 10 1. Nos. Nos.5 10 10 10 10 On to rail EN 60715 Crosspieces ready to assemble (excluding fixings) 15 2 0347 50 0366 44 0367 80 Set of 2 sectioned uprights 5 5 5 5 5 0347 45 .5 0367 80 0367 81 0367 82 0367 83 For enclosures width (mm) 1.

5 31 17 25 4. 5 Ø 8.5 ■ Crosspieces/rails 27 35 5 .3 10.9 29 0361 03 fitted into 0354 94 25 21 Ø 6. 252 for crosspieces/rails Enclosure dimensions Height x Width (mm) Mounting plate dimensions A (mm) B (mm) 200 220 256 275 156 192 300 x 300 300 x 400 400 x 300 400 x 400 400 x 600 500 x 400 500 x 500 600 x 400 600 x 600 600 x 800 600 x 1 000 700 x 500 800 x 600 800 x 800 800 x 1 000 1 000 x 600 1 000 x 800 1 000 x 1 000 1 000 x 1 200 1 200 x 800 1 200 x 1 000 1 200 x 1 200 1 400 x 800 1 400 x 1 000 256 256 356 356 356 456 456 556 556 556 556 656 756 756 756 956 956 956 956 1 156 1 156 1 156 1 356 1 356 256 356 256 356 556 356 456 356 556 756 956 456 556 756 956 556 756 956 1 156 756 956 1 156 756 956 300 x 300 x Usable space for equipment (dm2) Plate/Chassis fixing points Height of Length of upright crosspiece C (mm) D (mm) E (mm) F (mm) 4·2 5·3 225 263 125 163 – – – – 6·2 8·2 8·2 11·7 18·7 15·2 19·2 18·7 29·7 40·7 51·7 28·7 40·7 55·7 71·7 51·7 70·7 89·7 108·7 85·7 108·7 131·7 100·7 127·7 225 225 325 325 325 425 425 525 525 525 525 625 725 725 725 925 925 925 925 1 125 1 125 1 125 1 325 1 325 225 325 225 325 525 325 425 325 525 725 925 425 525 725 925 525 725 925 1 125 725 925 1 125 725 925 237 237 337 337 337 437 437 537 537 – – 637 737 737 737 937 937 937 – 1 137 1 137 1 137 1 337 1 337 243 343 243 343 543 343 443 343 543 – – 443 543 743 943 543 743 943 – 743 943 1 143 743 943 253 .1 12.5 14.9 8. 252 for clip nuts See p.9 ■ Sectioned uprights 3.5 16 32 15 9 15 Glow wire tested : 5s at 750 °C See p.5 1.5 Space between door and chassis front • Atlantic steel Depth 200 : 70 mm • Atlantic stainless steel Depth 250 : 80 mm • Marina Depth 300 : 90 mm } ■ Clip nuts The front sections can only be removed using a tool (flat blade screwdriver) 1.equipment for wall mounting enclosures ■ Mounting plates ■ Chassis assembled ■ Insulated modular chassis Pre-galvanised plain and Lina 12·5 plates Uprights and crosspieces Fixes to corner fixings inside enclosure Chassis can fit steel or polyester enclosures B F A C E C D D Lina 25 perforations 25.

0368 23 No. 0368 26 3113 A Cat. 0368 16 23 mm locking accessories 6·5 mm triangle male Cat. 0368 19 Double bar Cat. No. 0368 27 Dimensions of special triangle locks 8 mm male 11 mm male 11 mm 8 mm 6·5 mm 6·5 mm male CNOMO (1) The metal locks (special barrels and key barrels) and lock barrels are all compatible with each other 254 . No. 0368 22 Plastic housing No. No. 0368 24 1242 E Cat. Nos. No. No.universal locking system Pack Cat. 0368 20 Handle Key barrels No. 421 Cat. No. No. 455 Cat. 0368 18 19.3 mm 11 mm male triangle Cat. Lock housings and cams for rebate or cylinder locks Interchangeable for Atlantic and Marina enclosures 10 0368 04 Plastic housing (excludes barrel and cam) 10 0368 05 Handle With blank (excludes cam) 10 0368 06 Handle Fitted with locking barrel 2433 A (excludes cam) 10 10 10 Locking cams 0368 43 For Atlantic 1 door enclosures 0368 44 For Atlantic 2 door enclosures 0365 30 For Marina enclosures Note : Cam nuts are supplied with the handle or housing 0368 16 0368 17 0368 18 0368 19 0368 20 Metal lock barrels 8 mm male square 6·5 mm male triangle 8 mm male triangle 11 mm male triangle Double bar 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 0368 22 0368 23 0368 24 0368 25 0368 26 0368 27 0365 45 Key barrels Supplied with set of 2 keys For key No : 405 421 455 1242 E 2433 A 3113 A Set of two 2433 A keys 10 10 10 Keys for metal barrels 0365 39 For 6·5 mm male triangle lock 0365 40 For 8 mm male triangle lock 0365 41 For 11 mm male triangle lock 10 0365 42 Double bar 10 10 10 10 10 Accessory 1 Padlock adaptor 0365 11 Metal painted black-grey RAL 7021 Fits over door handles to provide security Accepts up to 3 padlocks locking accessories universal locking system ■ Universal locking system(1) The locks can be assembled and fitted to all Atlantic and Marina enclosures Lock barrels Detail of cut-out 8 mm square male Cat. No. No. No. No. 0368 17 8 mm male triangle Cat. 0368 25 2433 A Cat. 405 Cat.

(5 A closing) Fix on rail 0348 47 Adjustable from 5 to 60 °C with NO/NC contact Spacers for vent kits IP 54 maintained RAL 7035 Used to reduce the internal projection and increase the internal usable volume 0348 88 150 x 150 mm 0348 89 250 x 250 mm Natural ventilation Ventilation glands IP 44 . No. 256-257) Pack 1 Cat. 0348 35 450 m3 without filter installed (free flowing) Pack comprising a pair of RAL 7035 plastic grills 250 x 250 mm and washable filter EU3. 20 W 60 W 120 W 20 W 50 W 100 W 150 W 0·8 A 1·5 A 3·2 A 2·5 A 2·5 A 4·5 A 8·0 A ± 4 (1) Available until March 2010 (2) Available January 2010 255 . G3 240/450 m3/h 0348 52 240 m3 with filter 260 m3 with extra grill/filter Cat.IK 10 RAL 7035 Pack comprising a pair of metal louvres and a pair of anti-insect grills 0348 04 138 x 138 mm 0348 05 248 x 248 mm 1 1 1 1 1 Ventilation louvres .IK 10 230 V . plus internal finger protection Pack 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 Ventilation louvres . G3 0348 35 IP 54 .IK 08 for outdoor use Grey polyamide 0365 78 Ø 15 mm aperture needed 0365 79 Ø 30·5 mm aperture needed Ventilation fan kits with plastic grill IP 54 . No.IK 08 230 V .325 x 325 mm Heating ±= Resistance heaters 110 V / 240 V IP 20 Prevent condensation forming inside the enclosure " PTC " auto-regulated and surface temperature limited : t = 70 °C Heat dissipator in black aluminium oxide Fix on rail Power 4 Current rating 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0348 00(1) 0348 01(1) 0348 02(1) 0353 06(2) 0353 07(2) 0353 08(2) 0353 09(2) 1 Thermostat 12 to 250 V (requires neutral) Contact rating : 10 A max. G3 0348 34 IP 44 . G3 120/160 m3/h 0348 51 120 m3 with filter 130 m3 with extra grill/filter Cat. Nos. 0348 34 160 m3 without filter installed (free flowing) Pack comprising a pair of RAL 7035 plastic grills 150 x 150 mm and washable electrostatic filter EU3. No.250 x 250 mm 0348 36 IP 54 . No.150 x 150 mm Supplied with 20 mm thick filter EU 3. 0348 88/89 Used to reduce internal projection and improve wiring space Fitted externally on to the enclosure with rapid fix Screws.50/60 Hz RAL 7035 plastic housing Supplied with finger protection guards External projection 7-10 mm Accepts mounting spacer Cat.metal IP 32 . 0348 35 160 m3 without filter installed (free flowing) Pack comprising a pair of RAL 7035 plastic grills 250 x 250 mm and washable filter EU3. G3 Cat. Ventilation fan kit with metal grill IP 32 .50/60 Hz 0348 17 30 m3/h with filter .plastic RAL 7035 Supplied with 10 mm thick filter EU 3. Nos.160 m3/h without filter installed (free flowing) Pack comprising a pair of metal RAL 7035 louvres and a pair of anti-insect grills. 1 mm to 4 mm panel thickness An extra louvre can be fitted to improve air flow and extraction 40/160 m3/h 0348 50 40 m3 with filter 160 m3 with extra grill/filter Cat.ventilation and heating for enclosures 0348 17 0348 04 0348 52 0348 89 0348 05 0348 35 0365 79 0348 02 0348 47 Technical information and dimensions (p.

Nos. 0365 78 Ø 31 Dimensions and cut-outs 15 50 7.5 Cut-out dimension 200 x 200 215 Ø 4. Nos.5 138 130 248 105 138 105 215 130 248 Ø 4. No. Nos.do not cover Cat.ventilation and heating for enclosures ■ Operating principle ■ Natural ventilation Dimensions and cut-outs Cat. 0365 79 Cat. No.5 Ventilators. 9 4 holes Ø 4. C N E A D F L H B Cut-out dimensions G A (mm) B (mm) C (mm) D (mm) E (mm) F (mm) G (mm) H (mm) 0348 50 150 150 70 7 43 34 125 125 0348 51 250 250 105 8 78 35 223 223 0348 52 250 250 123 8 96 35 223 223 0348 34 150 150 - 7 - 34 125 125 0348 35 250 250 - 8 - 35 223 223 0348 36 325 325 - 10 - 37 291 291 47 Vertical installation at the bottom of the enclosure Air circulation : . louvres and spacers Ø 54 30 Cat.5 ■ Heating Dimensions 3 . Nos. 0348 47 50 C 10 20 3040 Cat. 116 5 105 119 105 12 23 Cat. 0348 00/01/02 AIR 50 70 105 4 105 119 4 H 38 Cat. 0348 05 Cat. No. 0348 50/51/52/34/35/36 Rating 0348 00 20 W H (mm) 80 0348 01 60 W 140 0348 02 120 W 220 39 With spacer Cat. Voltage (V) /phase Frequency (Hz) 0365 71/0348 17 0348 50 0348 51 0348 52 220-240/1 230/1 230/1 220-240/1 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 No load flow ventilation only (m3/h) 160 160 160 240 On load flow . No. No. 0348 17 40 75 29 ■ Ventilation fan kits.with an output louvre (supplied) 30 40 100 170 Static pressure (mm of water) 100 66 51 111 Power down (W) 22 20 20 29 0·14 0·125 0·125 0·426 32/10 54/08 54/08 49 43 43 50 0·72 0·8 1·4 1·7 Current drown (A) Operating temperature IP/IK Sound level (dB) Weight (kg) 256 –10 °C/+50 °C 54/08 34 . louvres and spacers Natural ventilation Heating Cat. 0348 04 Cut-out dimension Ø 116. Nos.ensure clearance >50 mm all round the device . No. 20 50 67 60 Technical characteristics Cat.

Consult the relevant curve to check that heat dissipation is at least equal to the heat dissipation value corresponding to maximum permissible heat-up ■ Ventilation ■ Heating The curves below enable the user to determine whether the enclosure must have a ventilation system. The values indicated take into account the shape of the enclosure Atlantic enclosures Dimensions (mm) Height x Width x Depth 300 300 300 400 400 500 600 400 500 500 600 600 700 800 800 800 1000 1000 x 200 x x 300 x x 400 x x 300 x x 400 x x 400 x x 400 x x 600 x x 400 x x 500 x x 400 x x 600 x x 500 x x 600 x x 800 x x 1 000 x x 600 x x 800 x Sc (m2) 160 200 200 200 200 200 200 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 Dimensions (mm) Height x Width x Depth 0·15 0·28 0·28 0·25 0·32 0·35 0·36 0·46 0·41 0·47 0·46 0·61 0·56 0·71 0·87 0·97 0·77 0·96 Marina enclosures Dimensions (mm) Height x Width x Depth Sc (m2) 300 x 220 x 160 0·14 405 x 305 x 200 0·31 505 x 405 x 200 0·36 605 x 405 x 250 0·41 728 x 518 x 250 0·52 828 x 618 x 300 0·72 1028 x 818 x 300 0·96 1508 x 908 x 400 1·50 1800 x 800 x 400 1·10 600 700 800 800 800 1000 1000 1000 1200 1200 1200 1400 600 800 1000 1200 1200 1400 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 600 500 600 800 1 000 600 800 1000 800 1000 1200 1000 600 600 800 800 1200 800 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Sc (m2) 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 400 400 400 400 400 400 0·76 0·79 0·78 0·95 1·08 0·86 1·05 1·16 1·15 1·36 1·55 1·41 0·79 1·07 1·55 1·33 1·75 1·72 2.Sc .5 3 Sc (m2) 10 °C 10 °C 5 °C 5 °C 100 100 1 2 3 Sc (m2) 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Sc (m2) 257 . If the result is less than the heat dissipation required then a cooling system must be installed Note : Heat exchangers and air conditioners are available to special order.5 1 Sc (m2) 0 1 1. Determine the surface area (Sc) of the enclosure using the charts below. determine the maximum power dissipation of the unequipped enclosure.of the enclosure and the desired increase ∆t Sc up to 3 m2 400 Sc above 3 m2 t max P (W) Sc above 1 m2 t max P(W) 25 °C 20 °C 300 t max P (W) Sc up to 1 m2 15 °C 20 °C 200 400 500 25 °C 20 °C t max 15 °C 700 600 500 400 10 °C 300 200 5 °C 100 0 200 5 °C 15 °C 300 15 °C 10 °C 100 20 °C P(W) 800 0.∆t °C between t° ambient and t° maximum to be obtained at the hottest point . Calculation : Once you know the Sc of your enclosure and the admissible temperature ∆t (°C).5 2 2.effective surface area of enclosure Sc Natural dissipation for an unequipped enclosure Determine the overall power absorbed by heating elements to be installed according to the effective surface area .power dissipated in watts [P(W)] . details are available on request 3. based on 3 parameters : .■ Technical information Three factors should be considered : • The surface area of the enclosure : Sc (m2) • The maximum permissible temperature : ∆t (°C) • The power dissipation of the equipment : P(W) Operating procedure : 1.

pour exemple XXXXXXxxxxxx industrial boxes xxxxxxxx DIMENSIONS INDUSTRIAL BOXES Cable entry type With IP 55 plain clip-on covers Internal dimensions (mm) Height x Width x Depth With IP 55 covers Opaque Transparent ACCESSORIES With IP 55 plain hinged covers 2 x 1/4 turn fixings With IP 66 plain covers Mounting plates Hinge kit accessories Ø 60 x 40 membrane 0921 00 – – – – – – Ø 70 x 45 membrane 0921 01 – – – – – – 65 x 65 x 40 membrane 0921 04 – – – – – – 80 x 80 x 45 none 0921 28 – – – – – – 80 x 80 x 45 membrane 0921 26 – – – – – – 80 x 80 x 45 knockout 0921 27 – – – – – – 105 x 105 x 55 membrane – 0921 36 – – – – – 105 x 105 x 55 none – 0921 38 – – – – – 105 x 105 x 55 knockout – 0921 37 – – – – – 130 x 75 x 74 none – 0359 00 0359 01 – 0350 07 – – 130 x 130 x 74 membrane – 0920 32 – – – 0358 10 – 130 x 130 x 74 none – 0359 30 0359 31 – 0350 13 0358 10 0358 00 155 x 110 x 74 membrane – 0920 42 – – – 0358 11 – 155 x 110 x 74 none – 0359 40 0359 41 – 0350 17 0358 11 0358 00 180 x 140 x 86 none – 0359 50 0359 51 – 0350 22 0358 12 0358 00 220 x 170 x 86 none – 0359 60 0359 61 – 0350 28 0358 13 0358 00 220 x 170 x140 none – – – 0921 22 – 0350 90 – 265 x 174 x154 none – – – 0350 43 – 0350 92 – 270 x 170 x 86 none – 0359 70 0359 71 – 0350 33 0358 14 0358 00 310 x 240 x124 none – 0359 80 0359 81 – 0350 44 0358 15 0358 01 310 x 240 x160 none – – – 0922 84 – 0350 93 – 359 x 265 x154 none – – – 0350 58 – 0350 94 – 360 x 270 x124 none – 0359 90 0359 91 – 0350 47 0358 16 0358 01 258 .

0921 36 5/50 80 x 80 x 45 mm 0921 27 With pre-cut knockouts Weatherproof square box class II * Fixings for accessories (screws Ø 4 mm) 116 132 50 80 x 80 x 45 mm 0921 26 7 glands 116 5/100 132 5/100 80 mm* 41. can be retained open during installation Nominal internal dimensions : Height x Width x Depth 5/50 105 x 105 x 55 mm 0921 36 7 glands 5/50 105 x 105 x 55 mm 0921 37 With pre-cut knockouts 259 . indicated I-O. Nos.use 5 mm Ø screws • or at three corners outside the wiring area Use 4 mm Ø screws Provision for anti-tamper seal Cover with 4 x 1/4 turn fixings. Nos. 0921 00 and 0921 01 C A 0921 01 0921 26 B E D Ø (mm) A (mm) B (mm) C (mm) D (mm) E (mm) 0921 00 60 79 40 44·5 40 11 0921 01 70 86 50 49·5 45 11 Cat. Cat. 0921 04 0921 36 40 40 75 40 5.IK 07 Grey RAL 7035 Conform to EN 60695-2-1 Material : polystyrene box and polypropylene cover . 0921 26 50 45 Nominal internal dimensions : Ø x Depth Ø 70 mm x 45 mm 0921 01 4 glands 90 5/100 20 5.4 95 Nominal internal dimensions : Height x Width x Depth 65 x 65 x 40 mm 0921 04 7 glands 52 80 mm* With fixing slots for easy alignment Use 5 mm Ø screws Clip-on cover 17 94 95 60 Mounting by : • either internal fixing points .7 Ø 60 mm x 40 mm 0921 00 4 glands 94 34 5/100 R23 Weatherproof square boxes Cat.pour exemple XXXXXXxxxxxx industrial boxes xxxxxxxx PS range industrial boxes PS range ■ Dimensions (mm) Cat.8 13. Nos. No. No.7 16 78 IP 55 . No.halogen free Temperature rating : –25 °C to +40 °C Self-extinguishing 650 °C Membrane glands Opaque cover R23 11 46 78 Pack Cat. Weatherproof round boxes With fixing slots for easy alignment Use 5 mm Ø screws Clip-on cover Cat.

1·5 mm thick For box size : 130 x 130 mm 155 x 110 mm 180 x 140 mm 220 x 170 mm 270 x 170 mm 310 x 240 mm 360 x 270 mm 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 0358 10 0358 11 0358 12 0358 13 0358 14 0358 15 0358 16 1 1 Set of 2 hinges(1) UV protected polyamide in dark grey (RAL 7016) 0358 00 For box 130 x 130 mm to 270 x 170 mm 0358 01 For box 310 x 240 mm to 360 x 270 mm 1 0358 02 Set of 4 wall lugs(1) For Nylbloc terminal strips and IP 2x terminals see p. 0358 02 0358 00 picto loupe-65765j.halogen free Self-extinguishing 750 °C Detachable clip-on cover retainer except for 310 x 240 and 360 x 270 mm boxes Side mounts for IP 2X terminals provided except for 130 x 75 x 74 mm boxes Sealable opaque cover with 1/4 turn fixings Self-extinguishing 650 °C Material : polystyrene box and polypropylene cover . horizontal or vertical mounting picto loupe-65765j. Nos. 263 and 294 (1) Accepts Cat.halogen free With fixing slots for easy alignment .use 5 mm Ø screws • or at three corners outside the wiring area .use 4 mm Ø screws Provision for anti-tamper seal Cover with 4 x 1/4 turn fixings. No.IK 08 class II 500 V 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/5 1/5 1/2 1/2 1 0350 07 0350 13(1) 0350 17(1) 0350 22(1) 0350 28(1) 0350 33(2) 0350 44(2) 0350 47(2) 130 x 75 x 74 130 x 130 x 74 155 x 110 x 74 180 x 140 x 86 220 x 170 x 86 270 x 170 x 86 310 x 240 x 124 360 x 270 x 124 Nominal internal dimensions : Height x Width x Depth (mm) 5/50 0921 38 0 Weatherproof boxes IP 55 .use 5 mm Ø screws Clip-on opaque cover Nominal internal dimensions : Height x Width x Depth (mm) 5/50 0921 28 Nominal internal dimensions : Height x Width x Depth (mm) 80 x 80 x 45 As above but mounting by : • either internal fixing points . indicated I-O. Nos.IK 07 class II 500 V Self-extinguishing 750 °C Material : polypropylene box and opaque or clear polycarbonate cover . can be retained open during installation 0 Weatherproof boxes IP 66 . 0358 00 hinges (2) Accepts Cat.eps 0359 41 Dimensions (p. 0358 01 hinges 260 (1) Not suitable for PVC range .halogen free Detachable clip-on cover retainer except 310 x 240 and 360 x 270 boxes Side mounts for IP 2x terminals provided except for 130 x 75 x 74 mm boxes Sealable cover with 1/4 turn fixings With fixing slots for easy alignment Opaque or transparent cover Nominal internal dimensions : Cover Opaque Transparent Height x Width x Depth (mm) 1/10 1/10 1/20 1/10 1/20 1/5 1/5 1/2 1/2 1 Accessories 105 x 105 x 55 0359 00 0359 01 130 x 75 x 74 0359 30(1) 0359 31(1) 130 x 130 x 74 0920 32 130 x 130 x 74 10 membrane gland fitted for 4-25 mm cable or conduit (1) (1) 0359 40 0359 41 155 x 110 x 74 0920 42 155 x 110 x 74 10 membrane gland fitted for 4-25 mm cable or conduit (1) (1) 0359 50 0359 51 180 x 140 x 86 (1) (1) 0359 60 0359 61 220 x 170 x 86 0359 70(2) 0359 71(2) 270 x 170 x 86 0359 80(2) 0359 81(2) 310 x 240 x 124 0359 90(2) 0359 91(2) 360 x 270 x 124 Metal mounting plates(1) Galvanised steel .IK 07 class II Pack Cat. No.industrial boxes industrial boxes PS and PP range PC range 0921 28 0350 13 0350 28 0359 40 0359 61 with IP 2x terminals and 0358 02 wall brackets. 261) Grey RAL 7035 Conform to EN 60695-2-1 Temperature rating : – 25 °C to + 40 °C Undrilled with smooth sides Pack Cat.eps Grey TO 29 Temperature rating : – 25 °C to + 80 °C Undrilled with smooth sides Weatherproof boxes IP 55 . Conform to EN 60695-2-1 Material : polycarbonate . 261) Dimensions (p.

Nos. 294) Cat. 0921 28 Ø5 R30 Cat. 294) * Fixings for accessories (screws Ø 4 mm) 80 mm* Not suitable for direct mounting on to PVC range nor 130 x 75 x 74 mm boxes 41.8 13. 0920 32 and 0920 42 G I F K M L E P A C D N B O Q Fixing points (mm) Dimensions (mm) Boxes A B C D E I F G K L M N Fixing accessories (screw Ø 4 mm) O P Q 0920 32 150 150 81 56 18 67 149 149 54 70 120 103 106 106 84 0920 42 175 130 81 56 18 67 173 128 79 50 100 128 86 131 64 Cat.industrial boxes PS. Nos.4 95 50 116 80 mm* Boxes 116 Q I 13 way 17 way 22 way 28 way x – – – – 155 x 110 x 74 x x x – – – 180 x 140 x 86 x x x – – – 220 x 170 x 86 x x x x x – 310 x 240 x124 x x x x x x 360 x 270 x 124 x x x x x x (2) Also accepts partly shrouded terminals M E L K N P A Boxes IP 55 – IK 07 and IP 66 – IK 08 C D 8 way x 95 60 B O 4 way 130 x 130 x 74 Fixings for accessories (screw Ø 4 mm) Dimensions (mm) Boxes Fixing accessories (screw Ø 4 mm) Fixing points (mm) Cat. No. Nos. PP and PC range ■ Dimensions (mm) ■ Mounting plates for PS. No. PP and PC boxes 45 Cat. 0048 19 p. No. use with DIN rail or 12 x 2 mm metal rail (Cat. A (mm) B (mm) C (mm) D (mm) 0358 10 114 114 106 106 0358 11 94 139 86 131 0358 12 124 164 116 156 0358 13 154 204 146 196 0358 14 154 254 146 246 0358 15 211 271 200 260 0358 16 241 321 230 310 A C B 50 D 90 Ø 20 12 50 90 Cat. A B C D E I K L M 0359 00/01 0350 07(1) 140 85 81 56 18 67 70 - 65 120 N O P 0359 30/31 0350 13 150 150 81 56 18 67 54 70 120 103 106 106 84 0359 40/41 0350 17 175 130 81 56 18 67 79 50 100 128 86 131 64 0359 50/51 0350 22 200 160 94 69 18 80 104 50 130 153 116 156 94 0359 60/61 0350 28 240 190 94 69 18 80 144 80 160 193 146 196 124 0359 70/71 0350 33 290 190 94 69 18 80 194 80 160 243 146 246 122 0359 80/81 0350 44 332 262 132 97 27 116 220 160 222 276 200 260 150 0359 90/91 0350 47 382 292 132 97 27 116 270 190 252 326 230 310 150 51 106 Q – Example of box fitted with 4 x IP 2x terminals (1) Not suitable for direct mounting of IP 2x terminals. Fixings for accessories (screw Ø 4 mm) 261 . Nos. 0921 38 ■ IP 2x terminal acceptance(2) chart (see p.

industrial boxes

industrial boxes

PVC range

PVC range

■ Dimensions (mm)
Cat. No. 0921 22

0921 22

Mounting plate

200

233

140

0350 43
132.6

183

Dimensions (opposite)

60.7
146

Grey RAL 7035
Temperature rating : – 25 °C to + 40 °C
Material : PVC
Self-extinguishing 960 °C
Undrilled with smooth sides

Weatherproof boxes IP 55
Nominal internal dimensions :
Height x Width x Depth (mm)

2

Depth 140 mm
IK 07
0921 22 220 x 170 x 140 - 4 x 1/4 turn cover fixings

1

Depth 154 mm
IK 08
0350 43 265 x 174 x 154 - 2 x 1/4 turn cover fixings + hinges
0350 58 359 x 265 x 154 - 2 x 1/4 turn cover fixings + hinges

1

Depth 160 mm
IK 08
0922 84 310 x 240 x 160 - 4 x 1/4 turn cover fixings

2

212

Cat. Nos.

80

144

Pack

79.6

162

Cat. No. 0922 84

5

0350 90
0350 92
0350 93
0350 94

1

Set of 4 wall lugs
0364 08 For PVC box size 310 x 240 mm only

5
5
5

9.2

220 x 170 mm
265 x 174 mm
310 x 240 mm
359 x 265 mm

146
12.3
78
82

251

190

271

262

342

4·5

282

PVC boxes are not provided with side
mounts for IP 2x terminals

211

3

282

Metal mounting plates
Galvanised steel - 1·5 mm thick
For PVC box size :

321

Accessories

industrial boxes

terminal strips

PVC range (continued)

Nylbloc

■ Dimensions (mm)
Cat. Nos. 0350 43/58

0342 13

C

A

0342 25

148.5
3.8
62
92

B

Pack

Cat. Nos.

165

Nylbloc
12 way strips with captive screws
Conform to BS EN 60998
Supplied with screws open
Polypropylene –25 °C to +100 °C (temperature)
Ambient temperature –25 °C to +55 °C

C

Black

10
10
10
10
10

0342
0342
0342
0342
0342

10
10
10
10

0342
0342
0342
0342

11
13
15
17
19

Capacity Nom. rating Diameter Current
(mm2)
(A)
Ø
max. (A)

Dimensions
(mm)

4
6
10
16
25

2·5
6
10
16
25

2·5
3·5
4·5
5·5
7

24
41
57
76
101

15·6 x 94
18 x 107
20·8 x 135·1
24·2 x 156·8
33 x 214

x
x
x
x
x

12·3
14·4
17·4
22·5
27·5

4
6
10
16

2·5
6
10
16

2·5
3·5
4·5
5·5

24
41
57
76

15·6 x 94
18 x 107
20·8 x 135
24·2 x 156·8

x
x
x
x

12·3
14·4
17·4
22·5

White

4·5

D

Dimensions

Fixing
points
C
D
(mm)
(mm)

Weight
(kg)

Cat. Nos.

A
(mm)

0350 43

273

182

246

155

1·08

0350 58

367

273

340

246

1·80

B
(mm)

21
23
25
27

■ Mounting plates for PVC boxes
0

326

185

280

0350 94

202

250

0350 93

234

212

0350 92

200

0350 90

154
142
202
214

242
258

For industrial boxes

see p. 258
263

P. 266
Filtered and
non-filtered
power supplies

Power supplies
and transformers

P. 276 NEW
Terminal blocks
selection charts

Viking 3
68527a.eps

P. 294
Distribution
terminal blocks

Distribution blocks

Cable ducting,
ferrules and
cable marking

Power
control,
connection
and cabling
accessories

Cable ties

P. 292
Heavy duty
terminal blocks

as032043a

P. 298
Transcab
cable ducting

P. 306
Colring
cable ties

NEW IN 2010
Viking 3

terminal blocks with
screw and spring
connection
(p. 282)

264

Starfix ferrules and
crimping tools
(p. 301)

eps P. 306 Colson cable ties 265 .eps P. 299 Lina 25 cable ducting P.eps P. 273 Electrical characteristics 68528a. 269 Control transformers P. 286 Accessories for terminal blocks P. 303 Marker sheets NEW P. 297 Busbars and supports P.eps P.eps P. 282 NEW Terminal blocks with screw connection P. 274 How to calculate rated power and transformer protection 68527a.P. 295 Modular distribution blocks 40 to 160 A 031916-20878m. 303 CAB 3 marking system P. 288 Dimensions 68527a. 271 Compact transformers P. 301 Starfix ferrules P. 293 Dimensions 68527a. 284 NEW Terminal blocks with spring connection P. 296 Four pole distribution blocks 125 to 400 A P.

0470 04/24/25 A Terminal capacity (mm2) Flexible cable Input Output 6 6 6 6 6 6 A B 0470 20 0470 21 0470 22 0470 23 0470 24 0470 25 F C B 1 1 1 1 1 1 ± (input) / 24 V= (output) Current rating (A) G Single phase non-filtered 24 V output 230-400 V ± 15 V Power (W) G C F 45 Power (W) Single phase filtered modular = 12 V output 230 ± 15 V (input) / 12 V Power (W) 1 0047 95 = 0047 97 0047 98 12 21·5 A Terminal capacity (mm ) Flexible cable Output Input Current rating (A) 1·3 15 24 V output 230 ± 15 V (input) / 24 V Power (W) 1 1 = (output) ± 6 2 Current rating (A) 0·5 0·9 Terminal capacity (mm2) Flexible cable Input Output 6 6 Cat. Nos. Nos.filtered and non-filtered power supplies open type single phase filtered and non-filtered power supplies open type single phase ■ Dimensions 0470 53 0470 24 Cat. 267-268) Filtered power supplies for PLCs and other equipment requiring a voltage of 12 V DC or 24 V DC Non-filtered power supplies for installations requiring a 24 V DC voltage Include : • twin output terminals for ease of connection • safety transformer with interference filtration • fuse protection on output (except modular) • green LED output voltage indicator (except modular) • capacitor in filtered range • PTC thermal protection on input (modular only) • class II when installed with approved protection (modular only) Supplied with a connection link for quick connection between . Nos. A (mm) Width 0470 01 68 98 88 0470 02 93 121 105 0470 03 105 135 115 0470 04 126 186 175 0470 20 68 98 88 0470 21 68 98 88 0470 22 93 121 105 0470 23 105 135 115 0470 24 126 186 175 0470 25 126 206 0470 52 93 0470 53 0470 54 0047 98 Dimensions (opposite) Technical information (p. 0470 54/55 60 44 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 C 1 1 1 1 G C Single phase filtered modular Terminal capacity (mm2) Flexible cable Output Input Current rating (A) G Cat. 0047 95/97/98 6 = (output) ± B Stabilised power supplies available to special order 6 6 Contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333 266 . Nos. 0470 01/02/03 and 0470 20/21/22/23 12 24 60 120 240 360 0·5 1 2·5 5 10 15 6 6 6 6 6 6 F Single phase non-filtered = = ± 0470 52 0470 53 0470 54 0470 55 60 120 240 360 2·5 5 10 15 F C A Cat. 0470 52/53 24 V output 230-400 V ± 15 V (input) 24 V (output) Power (W) Cat. Nos. Nos. C (mm) Height Ø (mm) 4 4 DIN 4 Weight (Kg) DIN – 1·00 DIN 4·6 2·45 4·6 3·60 75 x 150 5·5 6·35 – 1·00 4 DIN 4 DIN 4 DIN 4 DIN – 1·00 4·6 2·45 4·6 3·60 75 x 150 5·5 6·40 175 75 x 150 5·5 7·60 106 105 DIN 4·6 1·70 105 135 115 4·6 3·40 126 186 175 75 x 150 5·5 6·10 0470 55 126 206 175 75 x 150 5·5 7·30 0047 95 89 66 95 – 1·00 0047 97 89 66 95 – 1·00 0047 98 89 66 95 – 1·00 4 DIN 4 4 DIN 4 DIN 4 DIN Single phase filtered A Single phase filtered = F x G (mm) Fixing ctrs B B Pack B (mm) Depth 12 V output 230-400 V ± 15 V ± (input) / 12 V= (output) 1 1 1 1 0470 01 0470 02 0470 03 0470 04 Terminal capacity (mm2) Flexible cable Input Output Current rating (A) 12 30 60 120 1 2·5 5 10 = 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Cat. Nos.and up to 15 A (except modular) T Cat.

0047 95/97 and 98 ■ Operating diagram U 400 V ± 230 V Underload (V) 24 V 0470 20 0·315 A T 0470 21 0·4 A 0470 22 1A 0470 23 2A 0470 24 4A 2/10 A 4/10 A 8/10 A 11/2 A 400 V ± 2/10 A 2/10 A 6/10 A 1A 21/4 A 0470 25 6·3 A Operating voltage No-load ± (V) With 100 mA load and input voltage +10% With nominal load input voltage –15% No-load loss (W) 3A Total loss at nominal load 100 % (W) Voltage drop (%) Output 12 V 0470 01 12 1 1 0·12 0·06 14·4 11·7 15·5 10·3 4·4 7·3 23·5 0470 02 12 2·5 2·45 0·33 0·19 13·9 11·6 15·2 10·2 8·3 11·9 19·4 0470 03 12 5 3·6 0·60 0·34 14·1 12·1 15·5 10·5 11·4 17·1 17·2 0470 04 12 10 6·35 1·24 0·72 14·7 11·8 16·1 10·4 20·2 33·7 24·7 Output 24 V 0470 20 24 0·5 1 0·12 0·06 27·6 22·9 29·4 20·1 4·4 7·3 20·66 0470 21 24 1 1 0·18 0·10 29·0 22·8 31·2 20·2 4·4 10·3 27·03 0470 22 24 2·5 2·45 0·47 0·27 27·8 23·3 30·4 20·4 8·3 16·3 19·46 0470 23 24 5 3·6 0·88 0·51 27·5 23·2 30·2 20·3 11·4 25·4 18·68 0470 24 24 10 6·35 1·88 1·09 27·7 23·5 30·5 20·5 20 45·3 18·20 0470 25 24 15 7·6 2·53 1·46 27·5 23·2 30·2 20·2 23 54·7 18·70 No-load Underload Filtered modular Operating voltage With nominal load input voltage –15% No-load loss (W) Total loss at nominal load 100 % (W) Voltage drop (%) (V) Current rating (A) (Kg) Input under load 230 V (A) (V) (V) With 100 mA load load input voltage +10% 0047 95 12 1·3 1 0·15 15·1 11·8 16·3 10·4 3·4 8·7 28·5 0047 97 24 0·5 1 0·13 28·9 23·6 30·6 20·7 3·4 7·1 22·3 0047 98 24 0·9 1 0·17 29·9 22·8 32·0 20·3 3·4 10·4 31·0 Cat. product must be mounted in the vertical position (mounting against support) for Class A ambient temperature rating 25 °C = ± = 4 Conform to IEC/EN 61558-2-6.Class I Output voltage : 12 V or 24 V Insulation voltage : Input/Output 4 510 V Input/Earth 2 260 V Output/Earth 500 V Max. Voltage Weight 267 . Nos. Nos. Nos.00 Products are compatible with EN 61131-2. 0470 01/02/03/04/20/21/22/23/24 and 25 Single phase Conform to IEC/EN 61558-2-6.eps Insulation : Class II after enclosing behind insulated modular protection Fix to symmetrical rail 7·5 mm or 15 mm depth EN 60715 (5 x 17·5 mm modules) ±= = 4 -15 V 0 +15 V + + Filtered Voltage (V) Current rating (A) Weight (Kg) Input under load 230 V (A) Input under load 400 V (A) External Internal Power supply 0·5 A T 0·5 A L(1) PTC 0069 12 (1 A) 0047 98(2) Power supply MCB/Fuse PTC Power supply 1A MCB/Fuse MCB/Fuse T 1 A L(1) MCB/Fuse MCB/Fuse T 1 A L(1) T 2·5 A L(1) 0470 22 0069 14 (3 A) T 2·5 A L(1) 0470 03 T 5 A L(1) 0069 16 (6 A) T 5 A L(1) 0470 04 T 10 A L(1) 0069 14 (3 A) 0470 23 0069 16 (16 A) 0470 24 0069 18 (10 A) T 10 A L(1) Power supply 15 A 0069 12 (1 A) 0069 13 (2 A) 0470 02 Power supply MCB/Fuse 0069 12 (1 A) PTC Power supply 5A 0470 21 0047 95(2) Power supply 2·5 A 0069 12 (1 A) 0470 01 Power supply 1·3 A 0069 12 (1 A) 0047 97(2) Power supply MCB/Fuse 0·9 A External 0470 20 MCB/Fuse 0069 18 (10 A) 0470 25 0133 16(3) MCB/Fuse 0069 20 (16 A) (1) T type fuse is a time delay fuse (5 x 20 mm) (2) Filtered modular power supply (3) Type gG fuse 10 x 38 mm ■ Primary fuse protection required for UL conformity Supply 230 V : Use 250 V time delay HRC fuse UL Category Code JDYX2 Supply 400 V : Use 500 V time delay HRC fuse UL Category Code JDYX Secondary voltage 230 V ± 12 V 0470 01 0·315 A 0470 02 0·8 A 0470 03 1·6 A 0470 04 3·15 A Fuse rating Power supply Fuse rating ■ Electrical characteristics Cat. Nos.filtered power supplies open type single phase ■ Technical information ■ Circuit protection (double pole MCB) Cat. ambient temperature without derating : 60 °C Ripple factor : <3 % Cooling by natural convection Integral fuse protection on output Can be fixed to symmetrical rail 7·5 mm or 15 mm depth EN 60715 Screw fix only Cat. EN 60204 and EN 60439-1 apparatus Input voltage : 230/400 V ±15 V single phase 50/60 Hz . 0470 02/03/22 and 23 Supplied with a connection link for quick connection between terminals and earth Note : To conform to UL.00 Products are compatible with EN 61131-2. Internal Power supply Fuse rating Power supply Fuse rating Power supply Fuse rating Power supply Fuse rating Power supply 230 V 24 V Protection Primary voltage 400 V Operating current up to 15 A Input 230/400 V ±15 V 12 V I 10 A Cat. UL 60950 CAN/CSA C22. UL 60950. Nos. ambient temperature without derating : 60 °C Ripple factor : <3 % PTC thermal protection on input 046901-6825s.2 N° 60 950. 0470 04/24 and 25 Screw fix or clip on to DIN rail Cat. EN 60204 and EN 60439-1 apparatus Input voltage : 230 V ±15 V single phase 50/60 Hz Output voltage : 12 V or 24 V Insulation voltage : Input/Output 3 550 V Max. Nos. CAN/CSA C22.2 N° 60 950.

0470 52 and 53 Screw fix only Cat. Nos. UL 60950. Nos.non-filtered power supplies open type single phase ■ Technical information ■ Circuit protection (double pole MCB) Cat. 0470 54 and 55 Supplied with a connection link for quick connection between terminals and earth up to 15 A Protection I Internal External Power supply 2·5 A 0470 52 T 2·5 A L(1) Fuse/MCB Power supply 5A T 5 A L(1) Fuse/MCB Power supply 10 A 4 0069 16 (6 A) 0470 54 T 10 A L(1) Fuse/MCB Power supply 15 A 0069 14 (3 A) 0470 53 0069 18 (10 A) 0470 55 0133 16(2) Fuse/MCB 0069 20 (16 A) (1) T type fuse is a time delay fuse (5 x 20 mm) (2) Type gG fuse 10 x 38 mm ■ Operating diagram Operating current up to 15 A 400 V 230 V -15 V 0 +15 V + + ■ Electrical characteristics Input under load Cat.Class I Output voltage : 24 V Insulation voltage : Input/Output 4 510 V Input/Earth 2 260 V Output/Earth 500 V Max. Voltage (V) 268 Current rating (A) Operating voltage Weight (Kg) 230 V (A) 400 V (A) No-load (V) Underload (V) No-load loss (W) Total loss at nominal load 100 % (W) Voltage drop (%) 17·5 0470 52 24 2·5 1·7 0·39 0·23 27·5 23·4 6·2 17·8 0470 53 24 5 3·4 0·77 0·44 27·0 24·0 11·4 26·9 12·7 0470 54 24 10 6·1 1·49 0·86 26·3 23·8 20 43 10·7 0470 55 24 15 7·3 2·13 1·22 25·5 23·5 23 47·6 8·6 . Nos. CAN/CSA C22. 0470 52/53/54 and 55 Single phase Input 230/400 V ±15 V Conform to IEC/EN 61558-2-6. 0470 54 and 55 can be fixed to symmetrical rail 7·5 mm or 15 mm depth EN 60715 Screw fix or clip on to DIN rail Cat. Nos.2 N° 60 950. ambient temperature without derating : 60 °C Ripple factor : 48 % Cooling by natural convection Integral fuse protection on output All except Cat.00 = ± 24 V U Input voltage : 230/400 V ±15 V single phase 50/60 Hz . Nos.

Primary : 230-400 V ± 15 V Secondary : 24-48 V Supplied with 2 links Power in VA according to according IEC and CSA to UL 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0442 31 0442 32 0442 33 0442 34 0442 35 0442 36 0442 37 0442 38 0442 39 0442 40 40 63 100 160 250 400 630 1 000 1 600 2 500 40 63 100 140 210 300 500 700 700 1 400 Safety isolating transformers Primary : 230-400 V ± 15 V Secondary : 115-230 V Supplied with 2 links Admissible instantaneous power at cos ϕ = 0·5 52 87 150 250 420 900 1 700 2 000 8 500 3 300 Single phase (continued) Power in VA according to according IEC and CSA to UL 24 V 48 V 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0442 61 0442 62 0442 63 0442 64 0442 65 0442 66 0442 67 0442 68 0442 69 0442 70 0442 71 40 63 100 160 250 400 630 1 000 1 600 2 500 4 000 40 63 100 140 210 300 500 700 700 1 300 2 400 Admissible instananeous power at cos ϕ = 0·5 50 86 150 250 430 1 200 1 600 2 000 6 100 7 100 11 400 For modular transformers see p. 225 269 . Single phase Pack Cat.IK 04 Conform to IEC/EN 61558-2-2 and 2-4 or 2-6 UL506 and CSA C22-2-N°66 Products suitable for building into equipment conforming to EN 61131-2.control transformers open type single phase 0442 35 0442 68 0442 71 Dimensions and technical information (p. EN 60204-1 and EN 60439-1 standards Insulated covers up to 1 000 VA provided Interference/disturbance filter included Screw fix to mounting plate or clip on to DIN rail up to 250 VA Supplied with 0V/Earth connection link up to 1 000 VA Pack Cat. Nos. Nos. 270) IP 2x or xxB up to 400 VA IP xxA above 400 VA .

2 : 630 to 1 000 VA Fig. 1 : 40 to 400 VA F Ø F Ø 6 C G C G B Oblong fixings : Attachment at 3 points possible B A Fig.Class 1 Insulation voltage between windings : 4 510 V Maximum ambient operating temperatures : 50 °C without derating Voltage adjustment O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O + 15 V 0V – 15 V 230 V 400 V + 15 V 0V – 15 V 230 V 400 V + 15 V 0V – 15 V 230 V 400 V U supply (U1) U supply (U1) 1) if U1 > 230 or 400 V 2) if I2 < I2n (if the load is less than the nominal load reduce the secondary voltage) Cat. Nos. 40 63 100 160 250 400 630 1 000 1 600 2 500 4 000 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 Dimensions (mm) A B C 94 94 94 94 106 120 150 150 220 300 230 78 85 94 112 123 140 158 199 245 292 340 113 113 113 113 115 140 206 206 191 171 205 F Fixing(1) (mm) G Ø 50 50 50 50 50 62·5 100 100 150 200 180 100 100 100 100 100 125 175 175 153 114 130 5·2 5·2 5·2 5·2 5·2 5·2 7 7 9 9 11 Weight (Kg) 1·23 1·56 1·95 2·6 3·82 5·62 9·9 14·9 25·6 33·1 31 A G F C Power (VA) Note : 40-250 VA transformers have juxtaposed windings with an insulated barrier to provide insulation and interference filtering. 3 : 1 600 to 2 500 VA A Fig. (1) Up to 250 VA may be fixed to symmetrical 4 DIN rail ■ Characteristics Single phase 50-60 Hz .Secondary 115-230 V 0442 61 40 62 57 53 50 48 0442 62 63 110 100 93 86 82 180 160 150 140 200 0442 63 100 0442 64 160 330 300 270 250 240 0442 65 250 560 510 460 430 410 0442 66 400 2 200 1 700 1 400 1 200 1 000 0442 67 630 2 700 2 200 1 800 1 600 1 400 0442 68 1 000 3 400 2 800 2 300 2 000 1 800 0442 69 1 600 8 700 7 500 6 600 6 100 5 400 0442 70 2 500 9 200 8 300 7 600 7 100 6 700 0442 71 4 000 16 500 14 300 12 700 11 400 10 500 U supply (U1) 0·7 Noload loss (W) Onload loss(2) (W) 0·8 0·9 1 48 79 130 220 380 700 1 300 1 600 7 100 3 000 48 77 130 210 370 600 1 200 1 500 6 700 2 900 49 78 130 210 370 600 1 200 1 400 6 400 2 900 60 91 150 230 430 500 1 200 1 300 6 600 3 400 3·9 6·0 8·2 11·2 14·9 18·3 24·1 44·2 65·5 86·5 47 78 140 230 390 910 1 200 1 600 5 000 6 300 9 800 46 76 130 220 380 830 1 100 1 500 4 700 6 200 9 200 47 76 130 220 370 760 1 000 1 400 4 500 6 100 8 900 57 90 150 250 430 730 1 000 1 300 4 700 7 100 9 500 3·9 6·0 8·2 11·2 14·9 18·3 24·1 44·2 65·5 86·5 87·4 if U1 < 230 or 400 V with load I2 = I2n Voltage drop as (%) with cos ϕ : Efficiency (%) with cos ϕ : Ucc (%) Connection capacity Primary Secondary cable (mm2) cable (mm2) flexible rigid flexible rigid 0·3 0·6 1 0·3 0·6 1 7·3 14·2 15·1 24·6 31·4 46·3 49·4 74·4 94·7 143·4 8·7 7·5 7·3 5·8 5·2 2·1 2·0 1·3 1·1 1·8 10·5 9·4 9·3 7·6 6·6 3·7 3·0 1·9 1·6 2·2 8·5 8·5 8·9 7·7 6·2 5·6 3·9 2·9 1·9 2·0 62 57 66 66 70 72 79 80 84 84 77 73 80 80 83 84 88 89 91 91 84 82 87 87 89 90 93 93 94 95 10·0 1 to 4 9·0 1 to 4 8·9 1 to 4 7·2 1 to 4 6·1 1 to 4 4·2 1 to 4 3·3 1 to 16 2·4 1 to 16 1·7 2·5 to 10 1·9 4 to 16 7·4 11·8 17·3 23·4 31·7 43·9 53·2 73·6 95·3 150·1 234·8 8·7 7·6 7·2 5·8 5·2 2·1 2·1 1·3 1·1 1·8 2·1 10·5 9·6 9·2 7·4 6·6 3·6 3·3 2·0 1·5 2·3 2·9 8·8 8·9 8·6 7·1 6·2 5·2 4·5 2·7 1·8 2·2 3·3 62 62 63 67 70 73 78 80 83 83 84 76 76 78 80 83 85 88 89 91 91 91 84 84 85 87 89 90 92 93 94 94 94 10·1 1 to 4 1 to 4 9·2 1 to 4 1 to 4 8·7 1 to 4 1 to 4 6·9 1 to 4 1 to 4 6·1 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·1 1 to 4 1 to 4 3·6 1 to 16 1 to 16 2·2 1 to 16 1 to 16 1·5 2·5 to 10 1·5 to 16 2·0 4 to 16 1·5 to 25 2·7 4 to 16 1·5 to 25 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 16 1 to 16 1·5 to 16 1·5 to 25 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 16 1 to 16 1 to 16 1 to 16 4 to 16 1·5 to 25 4 to 35 2·5 to 50 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 16 1 to 16 2·5 to 10 4 to 16 4 to 16 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 16 1 to 16 1·5 to 16 1·5 to 25 1·5 to 25 .Secondary 24-48 V 0442 31 40 63 58 55 52 50 0442 32 63 110 102 94 87 83 0442 33 100 200 180 160 150 140 0442 34 160 340 300 270 250 230 450 420 400 490 550 0442 35 250 0442 36 400 1 800 1 300 1 100 900 800 0442 37 630 2 700 2 200 1 900 1 700 1 500 0442 38 1 000 3 400 2 800 2 300 2 000 1 800 0442 39 1 600 12 800 10 900 9 500 8 500 7 700 0442 40 2 500 4 300 3 900 3 600 3 300 3 100 Primary 230-400 V ± 15 V . Power (VA) (2) Total losses at nominal load 270 if U1 = 230 or 400 V with load I2 = I2n Admissible instantaneous power (VA) at cos ϕ of : 0·2 0·3 0·4 0·5 0·6 Primary 230-400 V ± 15 V . A B 0442 31/61 0442 32/62 0442 33/63 0442 34/64 0442 35/65 0442 36/66 0442 37/67 0442 38/68 0442 39/69 0442 40/70 0442 71 B Ø Ø G F C Fig.control transformers open type single phase ■ Dimensions Fig. Nos. Higher ratings have an electrostatic screen between windings. 4 : 4 000 to 8 000 VA Cat.

eps In d ice Indice p r o t ect io1n . Nos.eps 0428 41 supplied with connection strip 0428 75 0427 89 0427 92 Technical information and dimensions (p. Nos.eps Clips for fixing up to 160 VA on to rail EN 60715 4 10 0044 16 Claw width 10 mm Threaded hole for M4 screws (Use two clips per transformer) Note : Other VA ratings available on request.eps Isolating transformers Primary : 230-400 V Secondary : 115-230 V Safety isolating transformers (24 V) Isolating transformers (48 V) Primary : 230-400 V Secondary : 24-48 V Power in VA according to IEC/EN Indice protection-1062.1061s 6423 68 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0428 70 0428 71 0428 72 0428 73 0428 74 0428 75 0428 77 40 VA 63 VA 100 VA 160 VA 220 VA 310 VA 630 VA Admissible instantaneous power at cos ϕ 0·5 55 91 140 205 290 345 1 520 63 VA 100 VA 160 VA 220 VA 310 VA 630 VA Admissible instantaneous power at cos ϕ 0·5 91 140 205 290 345 1 520 Indice protection-1062. Please consult us For modular transformers see p.eps Single phase Power in VA according to IEC/EN 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0427 85 0427 86 0427 87 0427 88 0427 89 0427 90 0427 92 40 VA 63 VA 100 VA 160 VA 220 VA 310 VA 630 VA Admissible instantaneous power at cos ϕ 0·5 55 91 140 205 290 345 1 520 006187-5342o. 225 For protection devices see p.1061s Pack Cat. Isolating transformers Primary : 230-400 V Secondary : 115 V With centre tap Safety isolating transformers Primary : 230-400 V Secondary : 12-24 V Power in VA according to IEC/EN 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0428 40 0428 41 0428 42 0428 43 0428 44 0428 45 0428 47 40 VA 63 VA 100 VA 160 VA 220 VA 310 VA 630 VA Admissible instantaneous power at cos ϕ 0·5 55 91 140 205 290 345 1 520 Power in VA according to IEC/EN 1 6423 62 1 6423 63 1 6423 64 1 6423 65 1 6423 66 protection-1062. 275) Isolating and safety isolating <50 V transformers Designed to meet the needs of users with specific VA ratings such as original equipment manufacturers The ‘Compact’ range up to 220 VA and the new styles above 220 VA boast an elegant design that will enhance your panel The terminals are designed to provide easy and quick connections rail using accessory or directly fixed using screws through the easily accessible fixing points Transformers up to 160 VA can be clipped to Recommended protection : • for 40 and 63 VA : Type T fuses (5x20) time delay fuse to IEC 60127 • for >100 VA use MCB Type C 4 In d ice p r o t ect io n . 220 271 . 272-273) Transformer protection (p.compact transformers open type single phase Connection strip supplied up to 450 VA picto loupe-65765j. Single phase Pack Cat.

EN 60204-1 and EN 60439-1 standards IP 2x or xxB up to 250 VA .400 12 0 0 12 P max 0 P max 272 Primary : 230 .48 V Cat.24 V 0 .400 V Secondary : 12 .400 V Secondary : 24 .IK 04 Single phase 50-60 Hz .12 V 0 .compact transformers open type single phase ■ Technical information Conform to IEC/EN 61558-2-4 for 48 V.24 V) = 250 V . 2 . 48. 115 and 230 V = 1 780 V Max. ambient operating temperature : 35 °C without derating Protected against accidental contact with live parts up to 220 VA ■ Dimensions Fig. Nos.40 to 220 VA Fig.115 V 0 .0 .310 VA(1) Fig. 115 V and 230 V and IEC/EN 61558-2-6 for 12 V and 24 V secondary Products suitable for building into equipment conforming to EN 61131-2. Nos. 0427 85 to 0427 92 230 .400 230 . 0428 70 to 0428 77 230 .400 V Secondary : 115 .0 .230 V Cat.400 12 24 24 0 12 0 0 24 P max P max 24 48 115 0 24 0 0 115 P max 2 115 230 115 P max .115 .450 to 630 VA B C C B Ø A F B Slotted fixing hole G F C A Ø G F A G (1) Subject to secondary voltage (see tables) Primary : 230 .0 . 1 . Nos.class I Insulation voltage: Primary/Secondary 4 470 V Primary/Earth 2 240 V Secondary/Earth (12 .12 .24 . 0428 40 to 0428 45 Primary : 230 .24 V Cat. 3 .

0428 70 40 84 70 98 40 86 4·5 0·9 3·7 12·9 18 12·5 0·8 0·6 15·4 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 0428 71 63 84 77 98 40 86 4·5 1·3 4·9 16·5 13·7 10·3 0·8 0·6 11·9 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 0428 72 100 84 86 98 40 86 4·5 1·6 6·2 21·0 10·4 8·7 0·8 0·7 9·4 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 0428 73 160 84 104 98 40 86 4·5 2·4 9·1 31·6 8·7 7·3 0·8 0·7 7·8 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 1 0428 74 220 96 115 110 40 98 4·5 3·4 12·6 39·5 6·7 6·2 0·85 0·7 6·3 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 0428 75 310 106 123 115 50 100 5·2 3·8 14·2 54·9 7·3 6·2 0·85 0·7 8·2 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 2 0428 77 630 126 126 141 90 105 6·5 8 25·5 63·3 4·2 2·6 0·9 0·8 3·5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 to 16 1 to 25 6·5 3 ■ Electrical characteristics for 230-400 V primary . Power (VA) Fixing (mm) Dimensions (mm) A B C F G Ø Weight (kg) Voltage drop as Total No-load % with losses loss @ 100% cos ϕ cos ϕ (W) load (W) 0·45 1 Efficiency with cos ϕ 1 cos ϕ 0·45 Ucc % Primary connection cable mm2 flexible rigid Secondary connection cable mm2 ø mm flexible rigid ø mm Fig.■ Electrical characteristics for 230-400 V primary . Power (VA) Fixing (mm) Dimensions (mm) A B C F G Ø Weight (kg) Voltage drop as Total No-load % with losses loss @ 100% cos ϕ cos ϕ (W) load (W) 0·45 1 Efficiency with cos ϕ 1 cos ϕ 0·45 Ucc % Primary connection cable mm2 flexible rigid Secondary connection cable mm2 ø mm flexible rigid ø mm Fig.115/230 V secondary Cat.48 V or 2 x 24 V secondary Cat. Nos. 0428 40 40 84 70 98 40 86 4·5 0·9 3·7 13·1 18·3 12·7 0·75 0·6 15·6 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 0428 41 63 84 77 98 40 86 4·5 1·3 4·9 16·3 13·5 10·2 0·8 0·6 11·8 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 0428 42 100 84 86 98 40 86 4·5 1·6 6·2 21·0 10·5 8·7 0·8 0·7 9·5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 0428 43 160 84 104 98 40 86 4·5 2·4 9·1 31·8 8·8 7·4 0·8 0·7 7·9 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 0428 44 220 96 115 110 40 98 4·5 3·4 12·6 40·0 6·9 6·3 0·85 0·7 6·5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 0428 45 310 106 123 115 50 100 5·2 3·8 14·2 54·9 7·3 6·2 0·85 0·7 8·2 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 2 ■ Electrical characteristics for 230-400 V primary .24 V or 2 x 12 V secondary Cat. Nos. Nos. 0427 85 40 84 70 98 40 86 4·5 1 3·7 10·9 18·5 12·7 0·75 0·58 15·7 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 0427 86 63 84 77 98 40 86 4·5 1·3 4·9 15·6 12·5 9·7 0·80 0·65 11 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 0427 87 100 84 86 98 40 86 4·5 1·6 6·2 21·1 10·7 8·9 0·83 0·68 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 0427 88 160 84 104 98 40 88 4·5 2·4 9·1 32·3 8·8 7·3 0·83 0·69 7·9 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 0427 89 220 96 115 110 40 98 4·5 3·4 12·6 40·1 6·8 6·2 0·85 0·71 6·4 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 9·7 1 0427 90 310 106 123 115 50 100 5·2 3·8 14·2 54 7·3 6·2 0·85 0·7 8·2 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 2 0427 92 630 126 126 123 90 105 6·5 7·8 25·5 64·6 4·3 2·6 0·91 0·81 3·5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4·5 3 273 . Power (VA) Fixing (mm) Dimensions (mm) A B C F G Ø Weight (kg) Voltage drop as Total No-load % with losses loss @ 100% cos ϕ cos ϕ (W) load (W) 0·45 1 Efficiency with cos ϕ 1 cos ϕ 0·45 Ucc % Primary connection cable mm2 flexible rigid Secondary connection cable mm2 ø mm flexible rigid ø mm Fig.

80% of devices are supplied at the same time (this percentage can be calculated precisely for each device) ■ Determination of the inrush power Where a simplified calculation of the power is required. 0428 42 Safety transformers (reinforced insulation between primary and secondary. no-load voltage < 50 V) .Protection against indirect contact by : Circuit separation transformers (reinforced insulation between primary and secondary) 12 V 50 VA 12 V 50 VA Link Link OR 12 V 100 VA OR Link 24 V 100 VA 274 The transformer function(s) can either be defined by the equipment designer or can be imposed by installation guidelines or the equipment standard Definitions of electrical shock : .Indirect contact : persons coming into contact with grounding which is accidentally live following an insulation fault . an inrush of 460 VA at cos ϕ 0·5 gives a transformer size of 250 VA ■ Checking the selection As a precaution. make the following checks on each of your devices : .12/24 V Cat. in particular.Electric shocks : physiopathological effect resulting from an electrical current passing through the human body .ΣPv = 30 VA (30 x 1 VA) . with a steady state power of 20 VA. with a steady state power of 20 VA • 1 contactor for 45 kW motor.how to calculate the rated power of a transformer In equipment containing control devices.Protection against direct and indirect contact by : ■ Secondary power/voltage information Example : compact transformer 100 VA .then apply a coefficient : use either our hypothetical figure of 80% of devices at steady state power. No.e. with a steady state power of 8 VA • 2 contactors for 18·5 kW motor. the following factors should always be taken into account : • two inrush currents cannot occur at the same time • power factor cos ϕ equals 0·5 • at maximum. and an inrush power of 250 VA cos ϕ 0·5 • 20 remote control relays. with a steady state power of 4 VA • 30 signalling LEDs. simply start with an inrush power at cos ϕ 0·5 and read the size from the table below Rated power in VA IEC and CSA 40 63 100 160 250 400 630 1 000 1 600 2 500 4 000 Admissible instantaneous power in VA IEC/EN 61558-2-2 with cos ϕ of: 0·2 0·3 0·4 0·5 0·6 0·7 0·8 0·9 1 61 51 90 66 80 53 57 53 72 110 90 160 120 140 100 90 90 130 150 130 240 160 190 140 130 140 170 270 200 480 300 400 240 220 190 350 450 330 830 510 690 400 360 310 590 900 700 1 600 1 400 1 200 1 000 800 800 700 2 000 1 800 1 500 1 400 1 200 1 100 1 100 1 000 1 000 5 400 4 600 4 000 3 600 3 200 3 000 2 700 2 600 2 500 9 000 8 000 7 200 6 600 6 100 5 700 5 400 5 300 5 600 7 300 6 600 6 000 5 700 5 200 4 900 4 700 4 600 5 100 34 500 28 800 24 400 17 000 16 600 16 400 14 800 13 400 12 400 From the example above.the power of the chosen transformer shall be greater than or equal to the result of the calculation * LED = Light Emitting Diode ■ General information ■ Identification of markings Transformers take around 25 times the load at switch on • Changing voltage VA ÷ V = current in the winding either PRIMARY or SECONDARY Isolation transformer (functional insulation between primary and secondary) i.first calculate the sum of the steady state power for the coils and the LEDs powered at the same time . the following formula can be used : P inrush = 0·8 (ΣPm + ΣPv + Pa) ΣPm : sum of all contactor steady state power levels (holding power) ΣPv : sum of all power levels of indicators and LEDs* Pa : inrush power of the largest contactor Example : A machine tool control cabinet comprising : • 10 contactors for 4 kW motors.ΣPm = 220 VA { (10 x 8 VA) + (2 x 20 VA) + (1 x 20 VA) + (20 x 4 VA) } . or the actual calculation for your equipment . the permanent power.Direct contact : persons coming into contact with live parts (connected to the mains) . the transformer power depends on the maximum power required at a given moment (inrush power).Pa = 250 VA P inrush = 0·8 (220 + 30 + 250) = 400 VA at cos ϕ 0·5 ■ Determination of the rated power of a transformer For control transformers. 300 VA = 25 A x 25 = 625 A 12 V Auto transformer (no insulation between primary and secondary) The power triangle : Control transformer (functional insulation between primary and secondary) P V • Control circuit power supply I • Electric shock protection . with a consumption of 1 VA each . the voltage drop and power factor When determining the permissible instantaneous power (inrush power) required.

When a transformer is energised.protection of transformers. for a current I c/c defined above : I c/c min. and provided the calculations show perfect compatibility. both factors must be considered. 8 4 I c/c min. ensure that a short-circuit occurring at the furthest point of the circuit will trigger the protective device within 5 seconds. A single protective device performs both functions (see table of transformer protective devices). Supply circuits (transformer primary) The transformer is a device which cannot itself generate overload. = ( ) ■ Secondary protection 1 Ratings and types of protective devices to be used for single phase transformer protection according to VA rating and secondary voltage : 1 Rated power (VA) IEC/CSA 2 2 2 4 4 4 6 6 6 10 10 16 16 2 3 3 6 6 6 6 20 10 10 12 32 32 16 16 These values are given for information only for transformers with inrush currents of around 25 ln. Protection against a short-circuit is compulsory in all installations .230/24 V Cat. Legrand offers two possibilities : • type gG cartridge fuses • type C MCBs (with magnetic tripping set at 7 ln average) If the transformer only supplies a single circuit. This protection can be installed at the supply source or end of the circuit. (1) In = nominal rating of circuit 15 m Circuit protection 40 50 63 100 150 160 200 250 300 400 500 630 750 1 000 1 250 1 500 1 600 2 000 2 500 3 000 3 500 4 000 5 000 48 V 24 V Fuse A 2 2 3·15 4 6 8 8 10 12 16 20 25 40 63 100 Curve C Type MCB T T T gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG A 40 1 1 1·6 2 4 4 4 6 6 8 10 12 16 20 63 32 100 50 2 4 6 8 8 10 12 16 20 25 110 V Fuse Curve C Type MCB T T T gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG 1 2 4 4 4 6 6 8 10 12 16 20 32 50 230 V Fuse A 400 m 500 m 630 m 1 2 2 2 2 4 4 6 6 8 8 12 16 16 20 20 32 32 32 50 Curve C Type MCB T T T gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG 1 2 2 2 2 4 4 6 6 8 8 12 13 13 20 20 32 32 gG gG 32 50 0·5 Fuse A Type 200 m 200 m 315 m 0·5 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 4 4 T T T gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG gG 8 8 8 10 16 gG gG Curve C MCB 0·2 0·5 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 4 4 8 8 8 10 16 275 . transformers must be protected against overload and short-circuit conditions which may occur during normal operation. Protection against overload is compulsory if the circuit is likely to be affected by an overload current.(16 A nearest UK) ■ Formula for determining the secondary protection rating Calculate the minimum short-circuit at the furthest point on the circuit : Us I c/c min. = 2 U s U c/c % 2ρl x + P 100 S Us = transformer secondary voltage P = transformer power U c/c % = transformer short-circuit voltage I = line length in m S = line cross-section in mm2 ρ copper = 0·027 Ω mm2/m Choose the protection rating so as to obtain a cut-off time of 5 seconds max. either on the primary or secondary side. To check that the device chosen is suitable. If the transformer supplies several circuits. 0442 37 ( ) 2 x 1·52 ■ Primary protection Transformer protection 25 A gG Minimum protection rating for primary supply of the transformer : Power (VA) 40 50 63 100 150 160 200 250 300 400 500 630 750 1 000 1 250 1 500 1 600 2 000 2 500 3 000 3 500 4 000 5 000 230 V single-phase aM C D fuse MCB MCB 0·5 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 4 4 6 6 8 10 10 10 10 12 16 16 20 20 25 1 1 2 3 6 6 6 6 10 10 16 16 16 20 25 32 32 40 50 50 50 80 100 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 6 6 6 6 10 10 16 16 16 16 20 32 32 32 40 400 V single-phase aM C D fuse MCB MCB 0·25 0·5 0·5 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 4 4 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 12 16 16 16 1 1 1 2 3 3 3 6 6 6 10 10 10 16 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 63 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 6 6 10 10 10 10 16 20 20 20 25 400 V three-phase aM C D fuse MCB MCB Operation 24 = 44·42 A = Use either : 242 3·3 2 x 0·027 x 15 x + 630 100 1·5 44·42 44·42 = 5·55 → C type MCB 5 A max. The rating. primary and secondary circuits ■ Protection of transformers ■ Protection of the secondary circuit In accordance with the IEC/EN 61558 standard. transformer protection (if on secondary) and circuit protection can be one and the same. = 11·10 → gG fuse 10 A max. 0442 37 In primary 2·74 A (VA ÷ V) I inrush at power-up 68·5 A (25 x 2·74 A) Protection against a short-circuit can be provided by : • type aM 6 A cartridge fuse • type D 6 A MCBs • type C 13 A MCBs . type C MCB: In ≤ 8 Example : control transformer 630 VA . a very high inrush current (around 25 ln)(1) is produced for approximately 10 ms. Its supply circuit therefore only requires protection against a short-circuit. When protecting the circuit. No. type and location of the protective device are to be indicated on the device identification plate. overload and short-circuit calculations must be performed for each individual circuit. • type D MCBs (with magnetic tripping set at 12 ln average) • type C MCBs (with magnetic tripping set at 7 ln average) Example : control transformer 630 VA . Legrand offers three possibilities : • type aM cartridge fuses. For short-circuit. an approximate minimum shortcircuit value can be obtained using the following formula. check that the protection rating chosen is lower than or equal to the transformer secondary current. this protection has to be installed at the supply source of the circuit. ■ Protection of the primary and secondary circuits General Circuits must be protected against overload and short-circuit conditions. The secondary circuit must be protected against overload and shortcircuit conditions. For overload. The standard does not specify the type or location of the protective device : it is the manufacturer’s responsibility to choose the most suitable position.230/24 V Cat. No. type gG fuse : In ≤ 4 I c/c min.

NEW Viking 3 terminal blocks with screw connection and accessories for copper cable CSA Recognized (Canada) (Etats-Unis) VDE IMQ (Allemagne) (Italie) ELECTRICAL FUNCTION 0371 63 0371 61 0371 64 1 connection .1 entry/1 exit 0371 66 0371 68 0371 69 0371 00 Connecting (p. 283) 0371 53 PNE (p. 283) For neutral circuit with handle lever 1 connection For standard circuit For circuit not broken 0371 86 0371 87 For fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with screwed plug Modular 1 connection Function blocks (p. 283) 0371 51 With handle lever With mini lever With handle lever With mini lever Diode carrier 1N4007 With voltage presence LED Sensor 3 connections Actuator on 3 levels Phase/Neutral/Earth 1 connection Disconnect for measuring circuit (4) Upper level only (5) Lower level only (6) Lower and intermediate levels N . No.1 entry/1 exit . 282) 0371 08 1 connection . 0375 24 or 110/250 VA Cat. 0375 25 (3) Or end stop Cat. No.plastic base(1) 0371 78 1 connection . 283) (1) Can be used for protection conductor inside class II equivalent assemblies (2) Blown fuse indicator 12/24/48 V = /A Cat.2 entries/2 exits .1 entry/1 exit .metal base 0371 71 For protection conductor (p. 282) 0371 52 0371 92 Measurement (p.2 entries/2 exits 2 connections on 2 levels 0371 20 0371 30 3 connections on 3 levels 1 connection . 0375 10 276 Diode carrier 1N4007 2 connections on 2 levels 0371 56 For sensors and actuator (p. 282) 0371 76 1 connection . No.metal base 0371 79 Open (to be equipped) For fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with handle lever 0371 80 0371 84 0371 81 For fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with handle lever + blown fuse indicator Disconnect (p.

5 0375 46 0375 47 (6) (6) – – 0375 65 0375 68 0375 66 0375 68 – – – Label holder for end stop (p. front auto. 286) 0375 50(3) 0375 60 0375 05 – 0375 04 – – 0375 65 0375 68 0375 27 0375 50(3) 0375 60 0375 08 0375 07 – – – 0375 66 0375 68 0375 27 0375 50(3) 0375 60 – – – – 0375 40 0375 66 0375 68 0375 75 0375 51 0375 61 – – – – 0375 42 0375 67 0375 69 0375 76 0375 51 0375 61 – – – – 0375 44 0375 67 0375 69 0375 76 built-in – – – – – – – – – 0375 52 0375 62 0375 05 – 0375 04 – – – – 0375 27 0375 53 0375 63 0375 02 – 0375 01 – – – – 0375 27(4) 0375 53 0375 63 0375 05 – 0375 04 – – – – 0375 27(4) 5 0371 51 0375 54 0375 54 0375 02(4) – 0375 01(4) – – – 0375 27(4) 2. pole length side front screen screen – – 0375 65 0375 68 Test socket 0375 27 End stops (p. front auto. front 0375 50(3) 0375 60 ASSOCIATED PROTECTION MEASUREMENT PRODUCTS EQUIPOTENTIAL LINK 0375 02 – 0375 01 Comb for Bar for Single Cut to 12 blocks. 304) 0371 51 2. 3 blocks.5 5 4 6 0371 81 + 0375 24 / 25(2) 0375 55 Shielding (p. 286) Handle lever / mini lever (p. 287) 0371 81 2. Nos.5 5 4 8 0371 52 0375 54 0371 92 0375 57 0375 46 0375 47 – (6) (6) 277 .5 4 6 10 16 35 35 4 6 5 6 8 10 12 15 15 6 8 0371 70 0371 71 0371 72 0371 73 0371 74 0371 75 0371 76 0371 77 0371 78 0375 50(3) – – – – – – – – – 0375 51 – – – – – – – – – – 0375 50 0375 50 – 0375 60 0375 60 – 0375 05 0375 08 – – 0375 07 – 0375 04 – – – – – – – 4 6 0371 79 0375 52 – – – – – – – – – 0371 80 0375 55 0375 62 0375 05 – 0375 04 – – – – 0375 27 0375 62 0375 05 – 0375 04 – – – – – 4 6 6 8 10 10 16 12 35 15 70 22 4 6 2. 10 blocks. 287) 0371 82 0371 83 0371 84 0375 55 0371 85 0375 55 0371 86 0375 55 0375 62 0375 62 0375 62 0375 05 0375 05 0375 05 – – – 0375 04 0375 04 0375 04 – – – – – – – – – – – – 0375 27 – 0375 27 0371 87 0375 56 – – – – – – – – – – 0375 02 – 0375 01 – – – – 0375 27 0371 55 0375 53 0375 63 0375 05 – 0375 04 – – – – 0375 27(4) 0371 56 0375 53 0375 63 0375 05(5) – 0375 04(5) – – – – – 0375 54 0375 02(4) – 0375 01(4) – – – 0375 27(4) – – – – – – – 0375 77 0371 53 0371 54 0375 55 CAB 3 (p. divider auto. 287) Joining rods for disconnect blocks (p. 287) Blown fuse indicators (p.Nominal Width cross-section (mm) (mm2) 2.5 5 4 6 2. 0371 60 0371 00 0371 20 0371 30 0371 61 0371 01 0371 21 0371 31 0371 77 0371 62 0371 02 0371 78 0371 63 0371 03 0371 64 0371 04 0371 65 0371 05 0371 66 0371 69 0371 09 0371 67 0371 07 0371 68 0371 08 INSULATION Separation Comb for Comb for Comb for End cap / insulation 2 blocks.5 5 Colour TERMINAL BLOCK Cat.5 6 10 12 2. 12 blocks.

metal base 0372 12 Open (to be equipped) For fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with handle lever 0372 80 0372 82 Disconnect (p.2 entries/2 exits .metal base 0372 72 1 connection . 284) 1 connection . 284) 1 connection . 0375 24 or 110/250VA Cat. No.2 entries/2 exits 0372 47 0372 02 2 connections . 285) For fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with handle lever + blown fuse indicator 1 connection For neutral circuit with handle lever For standard With handle lever circuit With mini lever 0372 83 For circuit not broken 0372 84 1 connection 2 entries/2 exits Function blocks (p.1 entry/1 exit 0372 64 0372 40 Connecting (p.1 entry/1 exit . 285) 0372 54 (1) Blown fuse indicator 12/24/48V= /A Cat.2 levels 0372 21 0372 42 1 connection . No.1 entry/2 exits . 0375 25 (2) Lower level only (3) Upper level only 278 2 connections 2 entries With handle lever With mini lever Diode carrier 1N4007 Diode carrier 1N4007 With voltage presence LED N .metal base 0372 71 0372 70 For protection conductor (p.1 entry/2 exits 0372 68 0372 69 1 connection .NEW Viking 3 terminal blocks with spring connection and accessories for copper cable CSA Recognized (Canada) (Etats-Unis) VDE IMQ (Allemagne) (Italie) ELECTRICAL FUNCTION 0372 61 0372 60 1 connection .

Nominal Width cross-section (mm) (mm2) Colour TERMINAL BLOCK Cat. 287) 0375 90 – 0375 05 – 0375 04 – CAB 3 (p. 286) 0372 20 0372 61 4 6 0372 01 built-in 0375 95 0375 05 – 0375 04 0375 27 built-in – 0375 08 0375 07 – 0375 27 built-in – 0375 82 – – – built-in – 0375 85 – – – 0375 87 0375 95 0375 02 – 0375 01 0375 27 built-in 0375 95 0375 05 – 0375 04 0375 27 0375 88 0375 95 0375 02 – 0375 01 0375 27 built-in – 0375 05 – 0375 04 0375 27 0375 89 0375 96 0375 02 – 0375 01 0375 27(3) built-in 0375 96 0375 05 – 0375 04 0375 27(3) 0375 86 – – – – – built-in – – – – – 0372 21 6 8 10 10 16 12 4 5 0372 62 0372 02 0372 63 0372 03 0372 64 0372 04 Label holder for end stop (p. 304) 0375 90 – 0375 05 – 0375 04 0375 27 0372 81 2. Nos. 287) Joining rods for disconnect blocks (p. 287) 4 5 0372 12 0375 88 – – – – – 4 6 0372 79 built-in – – – – – 0372 80 0375 90 – 0375 05 – 0375 04 0375 27 Shielding (p.5 6 0372 81 + 0375 24/25 (1) 0372 82 0372 83 0372 84 4 5 0372 85 0375 90 – 0375 05 – 0375 04 0372 86 0375 90 – 0375 05 – 0375 04 0375 27 0372 54 0375 88 0375 95 0375 02 – 0375 01 – 0372 55 0375 89 0375 96 0375 02 – 0375 01 – 0372 56 0375 89 0375 96 0375 02(2) – 0375 01(2) – 279 . 287) Blown fuse indicators (p. INSULATION EQUIPOTENTIAL LINK MEASUREMENT End cap Separation and insulation divider Comb for 2 blocks Comb for 3 blocks Comb for 10 blocks Test socket 0375 86 0375 95 0375 02 – 0375 01 0375 27 ASSOCIATED PRODUCTS 0372 60 4 5 0372 00 End stops (p. 286) 0372 40 0372 41 0372 42 4 6 4 5 4 6 4 5 4 6 4 5 0372 43 0372 44 0372 46 0372 47 0372 69 0372 09 0372 67 0372 07 0372 68 0372 08 0372 70 4 6 0372 71 6 8 0372 72 10 10 0372 73 16 12 0372 74 4 5 0372 10 0375 87 – – – – – 4 6 0372 11 built-in – – – – – Handle lever / mini lever (p.

Nos.5 6 2. (old range) (Etats-Unis) Nominal capacity (mm2) Width(mm) TERMINAL BLOCKS 0390 60 0371 60 2.2 exits 2 connections .5 5 0371 70 0371 70 4 6 0371 71 0371 71 6 8 0393 72 0371 72 10 10 0393 74 0371 73 16 12 0393 76 0371 74 35 15 0393 78 0371 75 4 6 0393 73 0371 79 4 6 0393 81 0371 77 6 8 0393 82 0371 78 35 15 – 0371 76 .bare 8 0390 88 – terminal – – 0371 03 0371 05 0371 20 4 6 0393 39 0371 21 4 6 0393 38 0371 85 2.5 5 0390 51 0371 51 For sensor/ 3 connections actuator Actuator/power supply unit 3 levels 2. Nos. (old range) GOST (Russie) Width(mm) (Etats-Unis) (Autriche) Nominal capacity (mm2) CSA SCREW CONNECTION ÖVE Recognized (Canada) 5 0390 52 0371 52 2.3 levels V. (new range) 2. Width connection (mm) (mm2) Cat. (new range) 5 4 Cat.Metal base 0390 84 0371 84 For 8 0390 85 0371 82 protection conductor 12 – 0371 87 2 connections .O.5 5 0393 00 0371 00 6 0390 61 0371 61 4 6 0393 01 0371 01 6 8 0390 62 0371 62 10 8 0393 02 0371 02 16 10 0390 64 0371 63 For neutral 1 connection 12 0390 66 0371 64 conductor 6 10 10 35 15 0390 68 0371 65 16 12 0393 04 0371 04 70 22 0390 70 0371 66 35 15 4 6 0393 07 0371 08 4 6 0390 82 0371 69 2. Nos.Plastic base 8 – +037525 1 connection .2 levels – 0371 56 Sensor/power supply unit 2. Rail Rail 3 1 Shunt – – 0394 46 0394 47 – 42 55 Cable lug cable lug 36 0390 13 – – 0394 46 – – – 42 0390 14 – – 0394 46 – – 55 0390 15 – – 0394 47 – – Cable lug cable – Cable cable lug – For busbars or eyelets 0390 14 – – Cover Cover 4 blocks 3 blocks Cable . 304) 0394 88 – 0394 86 – 0394 86 – 0394 89 0394 86 old range: Viking 3 terminal blocks and accessories and equivalences between old/new range 1 connection Standard 1 connection .UL 94 1 connection Shunted Function blocks 2 connections Diode carrier 2 levels With voltage presence LED Blade type Neutral equipped 1 connection Disconnect For cartridge 5 x 20 (Autriche) (Russie) TERMINAL BLOCKS Cat. 292) 0390 21 Max. Nos.red circuits 1 connection . Nos.5 1 connection .Viking 3 heavy duty terminal blocks CSA Recognized (Canada) (Etats-Unis) INSULATION EQUIPOTENTIAL PROTECTION ASSOCIATED LINK PRODUCTS TERMINAL BLOCK ELECTRICAL FUNCTION 0390 11 Heavy duty terminal blocks (p.5 5 – 0371 30 4 6 – 0371 31 2.Metal base 8 0390 86 0371 81 0371 81 1 connection .Metal base .5 5 0390 77 0371 67 4 2.5 PNE Phase/Neutral/Earth For special 1 connection .5 10 2 connections For cartridge 2 levels 5 x 20 280 CSA ÖVE SCREW CONNECTION (CONTINUED) GOST Recognized (Canada) Cat.cable 35 70 120 240 0390 10 0390 11 Separation and insulation divider – – – – 42 0390 17 – – 0394 46 – – 55 0390 18 – – 0394 47 – – 42 0390 20 – – 0394 46 – – – – 55 0390 21 – – 0394 47 26 34 34 46 0390 71 0390 72 0390 73 0390 74 0390 31 0390 32 0390 33 0390 34 0394 77 0394 78 0394 78 0394 78 – – – – CAB 3 (p.1 entry .2 levels .red 5 – Cat. .2 levels 3 connections .5 5 0390 00 – 4 6 0390 01 – 6 8 0390 02 – 5 0390 78 0371 68 For circuit 1 connection not broken 0390 51 0371 51 1 disconnect connection 4 6 0390 76 0371 69 4 6 0390 80 0371 55 4 6 4 6 4 4 4 4 2 connections .

Nos.width 12-15 4 2. 0393 81 16 2.width 6 .width 0396 49 – 5-6 Protection cond.width 8 .1 connection Cat.5 5 0396 27 0372 67 0393 13 – Neutral block .2 blocks 0394 37 0375 05 Insulated .2 poles 0396 59 – Block .1 connection . width 6 0372 47 0394 69 0375 63 Blocks with 2 connections width 5-6 0394 67 0375 62 Blocks with 1 connection width 12-15 and disconnect.1 connection Cat.12 blocks 8 width end stop. No.12 blocks 5 – 4 6 – 0372 08 4 6 – 0372 84 Separation/insulation divider Equipotential bridging comb 4 6 – 0372 81 0394 20 0394 21 – Width 8 .5 5 0396 03 0372 46 1.12 blocks 16 2. tri-rail Cat.2 exits Cat.width 6 .5 12 – 0372 04 0393 88 – Block for cond.3 poles 0396 63 – Block .low spacer 0394 17 0375 42 Bare .width 5-6-8-10 (on Cat.width 5-6 281 . (old (new End cap range) range) Std term. Nos Cat. 0393 82 5 – 0372 41 4 6 – 0372 44 0394 66 0375 60 Block with 1 connection width 5-6-8-10 and disconnect.width 5 . protection .3 blocks 6 8 0396 25 0372 72 0394 44 – Width 6 .width 5 .3 blocks 0394 38 0375 02 Insulated . block . . 0393 73 10 10 – 0372 03 0393 87 – Block for cond.width 12 .brown .12 blocks .width 6 .12 blocks 0394 12 – Insulated . Nos. (old range) 0394 00 Cat.3 cables 0396 32 037587 width 5 Std term.width 5-6 0394 93 0375 66 Single pole for block with 1 connection . No. protection .width 12 .low spacer 0394 92 0375 65 Single pole for block with 1 connection .width 5 Std term.1 connection .12 blocks 0394 10 0375 01 Insulated . No.12 blocks .UL 94 .5 5 – 0372 54 0394 40 0375 02 Width 5 ./act. No.width 5-6-8-10 Protection cap for separable combs/ bars .width 5-6 0396 62 – Block . . Nos.width 5-6 0394 51 0375 55 Block with 1 connection .width 6 .5 2 connections 4 cables 2 levels 0394 50 End cap 4 4 4 cables 1 entry .2 blocks 4 6 0396 24 0372 71 0394 41 – Width 5 .width 5-6 16 2.old range: Viking 3 terminal blocks and accessories and equivalences between old/new range (continued) SPRING CONNECTION SCREW CONNECTION ACCESSORIES 2 cables 1 connection Standard 3 cables 1 entry . Nos. Nos Cat.width 5-6 5 – 0372 00 0393 46 – Block for circuit not broken .2 exits 4 cables 1 entry .2 cables 0396 31 037586 width 5-6 Std term.2 connections Cat.width 8-10 0394 94 0375 67 Single pole for block with 1 connection . 0390 85/86 6 0393 48 – Disconnect terminal .12 blocks 2.O. term.width 5 .2 connections Cat.3 blocks 10 10 – 0372 73 0394 22 0375 47 Sens.12 blocks 0394 11 0375 04 Insulated .width 6 2.10 poles 0396 50 – Block with 3 cables . block 0396 33 037588 4 cables .2 exits Width (mm) TERMINAL BLOCKS GOST (Russie) Nominal capacity (mm2) CSA Recognized (Canada) (Etats-Unis) 5 4 6 – – 0372 12 0372 79 END STOPS Equipotential bridging bar 12 width end stop.5 12 – 0372 74 0394 23 0375 46 Sens. 0390 51/52 10 10 – 0372 63 0394 73 – Block with 1 connection V.12 blocks .12 blocks – 0375 12 0394 15 0375 44 Bare . No. .O. 0394 66) 0394 81 0375 69 Cut to length .3 blocks 6 0396 30 0372 11 2.12 blocks 0375 04 Width 6 ./act.10 poles 0396 61 Protective screen Miscellaneous 037505 Block .width 10 .width 5-6 6 8 – 0372 62 0394 53 0375 54 Sensor/actuator block .12 blocks 0394 16 0375 40 Bare . width 8 0394 53 0375 54 Blocks with 3 connections width 5 0394 31 – Width 5 .1 connection Cat. block .4 cables 0396 85 – 2 levels . 0393 38 6 8 – 0372 02 0393 84 0375 52 Block for cond.12 blocks 5 – 0372 10 0394 26 – Sens.width 12-15 0394 80 0375 68 Cut to length . rail 2 10 width stop.5 2. (new range) Cat.width 6 . (old range) 2. .width 5 Equipotential bridging comb 0396 58 – Block .1 connection . Nos. protection . .5 4 4 cables 1 entry .width 12-15 (on Cat. Nos.width 8-10 – 0372 43 Block with 1 connection 1 entry/2 exits .width 15 . 0396 43 037586 block 2 cables .width 10 . 0393 39 4 6 – 0372 01 0393 45 0375 55 Block for circuit not broken .width 6 .width 5-6 0393 11 – Neutral block .5 12 – 0372 64 0394 74 – Block with 1 connection V.1 connection Cat. (new range) 0375 13 8 width end stop.width 5 ./act. block .width 15 .green . 0390 88 0393 09 – Neutral block .low spacer 0394 18 0375 44 Bare .2 exits Cat.UL 94 .2 exits 2 cables For protection conductor 1 connection 3 cables 1 entry . block .Nos.3 poles 0396 60 – Block .2 poles 0394 05 0375 35 0394 95 – Screening continuity bracket for 1 connection blocks .5 6 0396 36 0372 68 0393 15 0375 53 Neutral block .width 8-10 5 0396 02 0372 40 0393 49 – Disconnect terminal .width 8-10 0394 52 0375 51 Block with 1 connection .3 connections Cat.3 cables 0396 77 – width 6 Std/diode term.blue . rail 1 0394 02 – 0394 13 0375 40 Bare .width 5 .2 blocks 0394 35 – Insulated .1 connection Cat. 0394 67) SPRING CONNECTION ACCESSORIES Cat.width 5 .12 blocks 0394 34 – Insulated .4 cables 0396 48 037589 2 levels . bar support 0394 03 0375 11 0394 14 0375 42 Bare . No. (old range) 0375 50 Block with 1 connection .width 5 Std term. No.width 12-15 – 5 0396 01 0372 60 6 0396 04 0372 61 0394 55 0375 53 Block with 2 connections . (new range) 0394 82 2. Nos. block . (old (new Separation/insulation divider range) range) Block with 2 cables .Nos.2 blocks 5 0396 21 0372 70 0394 43 0375 05 Width 6 .width 6 Cat.2 exits 2 connections 4 cables 2 levels 2 cables For neutral conductor 1 connection 3 cables 1 entry .width 5 .5 2 connections 4 cables 2 levels Blade type 2 Disconnect 1 connection cables for cartridge 5 x 20 Diode carrier 1 connection 4 cables Cat.2 connections . No.width 5 . Nos.width 5 .

Green/yellow 10 1 5 to 16 2 5 to 10 10 .5 to 10 0.5 to 50 4 to 35 15 1 connection . .5 to 10 0.25 to 2.2 entries/2 exits 0371 69 Grey 4 0.25 to 4 0.metal base Green/yellow marking for the lower level Screwless fixing on rail 5 50 0371 52 (2) Colour Grey Capacity Nominal cross-section Rigid cable Flexible (mm²) (mm2) cable (mm2) Width (mm) 2.25 to 6 0.25 to 4 6 .25 to 4 0.5 5 6 60 50 40 30 10 10 0371 70 0371 71 0371 72 0371 73 0371 74 0371 75 10 0371 76 50 0371 79 50 40 0371 77 0371 78 8 10 12 15 22 Colour Nominal crosssection (mm²) Capacity Rigid cable (mm2) Flexible cable (mm2) 3 connections on 3 levels .25 to 4 0.25 to 6 0371 02 Blue 0371 63 Grey 10 1. 2 EN 60715 depth 7·5 mm and 15 mm Pack Cat. with equipotential bridging comb 282 Width (mm) Green/yellow 2.25 to 6 0. Green/yellow 6 0 5 to 10 0 25 to 6 8 .2 entries/2 exits metal base Screwless fixing on rail Green/yellow 4 0. protected.5 to 50 4 to 35 0371 05 Blue 0371 66 (1) Grey 70 25 to 95 16 to 70 1 connection .25 to 4 0371 08 Blue 3 connections on 3 levels 0371 51 (2) Grey 2.5 5 Green/yellow 4 0. .5 0.25 to 2.25 to 2. 304 5 . Green/yellow 16 1 5 to 25 4 to 16 12 Green/yellow 35 2.5 0.1 entry/1 exit .25 to 4 6 Green 6 0.25 to 6 0.Viking 3 terminal blocks with screw connection 0371 60 + 0371 00 + 0371 20 + 0371 30 NEW 0371 68 0371 69 0371 70 on rail 4 0371 74 0371 76 0371 60 + 0371 61 + 0371 62 + 0371 63 + 0371 64 + 371 65 + 371 66 0371 79 Technical characteristics (p.Phase/Neutral/Earth 6 6 For protection conductor see p.25 to 4 0.25 to 2.5 to 25 4 to 16 0371 04 Blue 0371 65 Grey 35 2.bare block .metal base Screwless fixing on rail up to 10 mm width PEN from 10 mm2 Grey for standard circuit.5 0. Connecting Pack Cat.25 to 6 0.25 to 4 0371 21 Orange 0371 31 Red 0371 62 Grey 6 0.5 to 50 4 to 35 15 1 connection .25 to 6 0. Nos.metal base 35 2.25 to 4 6 1 connection .25 to 4 0.5 to 16 2.25 to 4 0371 09 Blue 2 connections on 2 levels 0371 67 Grey 2.25 to 6 0.1 entry/1 exit . orange for circuit not broken by the master isolating device.5 0. red for special circuits (safety. 1 connection .5 mm2 max. blue for neutral conductor.25 to 2.5 5 CAB 3 marking system (1) Built-in end cap (2) Cable capacity: 2. Nos.5 0371 20 Orange 0371 30 Red 0371 61 Grey 0371 01 Blue 4 0.plastic base Can be used for protection conductor inside class II equivalent assemblies Green 4 0.5 0371 07 Blue 0371 68 Grey 4 0. etc) 1 connection . 288) Used to make the electrical connection between 2 rigid or flexible copper cables 2 areas for bridging combs for alternating equipotential connection up to 8 width For rails 2 depth 15 mm.1 entry/1 exit 60 60 60 60 50 50 50 50 40 40 30 30 20 20 20 20 10 25 25 60 60 60 60 50 Colour Capacity Nominal cross-section Rigid cable Flexible (mm²) (mm2) cable (mm2) Width (mm) 0371 60 Grey 0371 00 Blue 2·5 0.5 to 10 0371 03 Blue 0371 64 Grey 16 1.25 to 6 8 PNE .

0371 51) or actuators (Cat.25 to 16 0.for actuator Green/yellow marking for the lower level Metal base. Screwless fixing on rail (1) 0371 52 Grey 2. joining rods and blown fuse indicators (p. 0371 52). 2 EN 60715 depth 7.5 6 For neutral circuit with blue handle lever Grey/blue 2.5 6 For fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with handle lever Grey 2. Disconnect terminal blocks 1 connection Disconnection by means of blade type lever. Nos.5 0.5 0. 1 connection .diode carrier Grey 2.5 mm and 15 mm Pack Cat.for sensor 50 50 Colour Nominal cross-section (mm²) Capacity Rigid cable Flexible 2 (mm ) cable (mm2) 0371 51 Grey 2. 301 Colour Nominal cross-section (mm²) Capacity Rigid cable Flexible (mm2) cable (mm2) Grey 2.25 to 2.5 6 For cartridge 5 x 20 with screwed plug Grey 10 0.25 to 4 0. 286) End stops (p. 289) 3 connections on 3 levels .25 to 2.25 to 2. etc) on a current.25 to 4 Width (mm) 5 5 6 6 For sensors and actuators For connecting sensors (Cat.5 6 For standard circuit with handle lever Grey 2.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 (1) Width (mm) 5 5 Disconnect for measurement 1 connection With its accessories.25 to 2. and their shared power supply unit using equipotential bridging comb Cat.25 to 6 0. 0375 46/47 (wiring diagram p.modular Component connected with screws 20 0371 53 20 0371 54 60 0371 55 60 0371 56 see p.5 0.5 0.25 to 2.25 to 4 Accessories (p.25 to 16 0.25 to 2.25 to 4 2 connections on 2 levels . allows intervention (measurements. Nos. 287) New Starfix crimping tools Function blocks 25 0371 92 Colour Grey Capacity Nominal cross-section Rigid cable Flexible (mm²) (mm2) cable (mm2) Width (mm) 4 0.5 0. 288-289) Used to make the electrical connection between 2 rigid or flexible copper cables 2 areas for bridging combs for alternating equipotential connection up to 8 width For rails 2 depth 15 mm.25 to 2.5 6 For standard circuit with mini lever Grey 2. Nos.5 0.with LED Voltage presence indicator (12/24V= /A) Grey 4 0.25 to 10 12 For cartridge 6·3 x 32 with screwed plug Grey 10 0.25 to 2.5 0.5 3 connections on 3 levels .25 to 2.25 to 2.5 6 For circuit not broken with handle lever Circuit not broken by the master isolating device Orange 2. 286) 8 (1) Rigid cable capacity: 2. No.5 0. handle lever or mini lever (with tool) Open (to be equipped) Can take a blade-type automotive fuse or a miniature circuit breaker.Viking 3 terminal blocks with screw connection (continued) 0371 80 + automotive-type fuse 0371 84 + 0371 86 NEW 0371 53 0371 87 0371 82 + 0371 83 + 0371 85 0371 55 0371 51 0371 52 0371 92 Technical characteristics (p.25 to 6 0.25 to 2.25 to 2.25 to 2.25 to 2.5 0.25 to 2.5 0.25 to 2.5 0.diode carrier Grey 4 0.25 to 4 0.5 0.25 to 2. maintenance. voltage and power measuring circuit by keeping the current transformer secondary circuit closed Blade type levers.5 mm² max with equipotential brigding comb 283 .5 6 For circuit not broken with mini lever Circuit not broken by the master isolating device Orange 2. No.25 to 4 0. Nos.5 1 connection . or blade type levers Cat.5 0.25 to 10 12 Pack Cat.5 2 connections on 2 levels .25 to 4 0.5 0.25 to 4 0.25 to 2. 0375 15/16/17/18 20 0371 80 20 0371 81 20 0371 82 20 0371 83 20 0371 84 20 0371 85 20 0371 86 20 0371 87 20 0371 88 Colour Nominal crosssection (mm²) Capacity Rigid cable (mm2) Flexible cable (mm2) Width (mm) Grey 2.5 0.

4 cables .5 to 6 0. Nos.5 to 2. 2 EN 60715 depth 7.5 to 4 6 0372 01(1) Blue 0372 21(1) Orange 0372 62(1) Grey 6 0. orange for circuit not broken by the master isolating device 1 connection .75 to 10 0.5 5 0372 07 Blue (1) 0372 68 Grey 4 0. Grey for standard circuit. 301) Direct tool-free insertion of a rigid cable or flexible cable with ferrule.1 entry/2 exits 0372 40 Grey 0372 41 Blue 4 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 6 0. 304 (1) Built-in end cap Flexible cable with ferrule (mm2) .5 to 6 0.1 entry/2 exits Green/ 4 0.2 entries/2 exits 0372 46 Grey 4 0.5 to 4 6 yellow CAB 3 marking system see p.5 to 2.5 to 2.5 to 2.2 cables .5 to 4 0.5 to 6 0.5 5 0372 47 Blue 0372 69(1) Grey 4 0.5 to 4 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 4 6 0372 44(1) Blue 1 connection .5 mm and 15 mm Pack Cat.5 to 4 0.5 5 0372 42 Orange 0372 43(1) Grey 4 0.4 cables .5 to 4 0.5 5 0372 00 Blue 0372 20 Orange 0372 61(1) Grey 4 0.5 to 4 6 0372 08(1) Blue For protection conductor Metal base Screwless fixing on rail PEN from 10 mm2 1 connection .5 to 6 8 0372 02(1) Blue (1) 0372 63 Grey 10 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 4 0. or flexible cables with or without ferrules (p.5 to 6 0.Viking 3 terminal blocks with spring connection 0372 60 + 0372 00 + 0372 20 0372 01 Automatic insertion of stripped cable with ferrule cap or rigid cable up to width of 6 mm 0372 21 NEW 0372 40 0372 63 0372 72 0372 70 Automatic fixing on rail 4 0372 79 Technical characteristics (p.5 to 2.4 cables .5 to 4 6 yellow Green/ 6 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 4 0.75 to 10 0.5 to 6 8 yellow Green/ 10 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 4 0.5 to 4 0.2 cables . blue for neutral conductor.5 to 6 0.5 to 6 0.3 cables .5 to 4 6 yellow 1 connection .5 to 6 0.75 to 10 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 4 0.5 to 6 0. stainless steel spring type Used to make the electrical connection between 2 rigid copper cables.2 levels 0372 67 Grey 4 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 4 6 0372 09(1) Blue 2 connections . Connecting Pack Cat.5 to 4 0.5 to 2.3 cables .5 to 4 0.5 to 6 0.5 5 yellow Green/ 4 0. Nos.5 to 4 0.75 to 10 0. 290) Screwless connection system.5 5 yellow Green/ 4 0.1 entry/1 exit 60 60 60 50 50 50 50 50 40 40 10 10 60 60 60 50 50 60 60 50 50 60 60 50 50 Colour Nominal crosssection Rigid cable (mm²) (mm2) Capacity Flexible cable (mm2) Flexible cable with ferrule (mm2) Width (mm) 0372 60 Grey 4 0.2 entries/2 exits Green/ 4 0.75 to 10 10 yellow Green/ 16 4 to 16 4 to 16 4 to 16 12 yellow 1 connection .5 to 2.1 entry/1 exit 60 0372 70 50 0372 71(1) 25 0372 72(1) 20 0372 73(1) 15 0372 74(1) 40 0372 10 30 0372 11(1) 40 0372 12 30 0372 79(1) Colour Nominal crosssection Rigid cable (mm²) (mm2) Capacity Flexible cable (mm2) 284 Width (mm) Green/ 4 0.5 to 4 0.5 5 yellow Green/ 4 0. up to 6 mm width 2 areas for bridging combs for alternating equipotential connection For rails 2 depth 15 mm.5 to 4 0.75 to 10 10 0372 03(1) Blue 0372 64(1) Grey 16 4 to 16 4 to 16 4 to 16 12 0372 04(1) Blue 1 connection .

5 to 2.5 For standard circuit with mini lever Grey 2. 290) Screwless connection system.5 to 2.5 to 6 0.5 For fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with handle lever Grey 2.5 0.5 For neutral circuit with blue handle lever Grey/blue 2.5 to 2.5 For circuit not broken with handle lever Circuit not broken by the master isolating device Orange 2. 0375 15/16/17/18 20 0372 80 20 0372 81 20 0372 82 20 0372 83 20 0372 84 20 0372 85 20 0372 86 Colour Nominal crosssection Rigid cable (mm²) (mm2) Capacity Flexible cable (mm2) Flexible cable with ferrule (mm2) 60 60 6 Function blocks 1 connection .5 to 2. 287) 0372 81 open 0372 80 with automotive-type fuse NEW 0372 82 + 0372 83 + 0372 85 0372 54 0372 84 Technical characteristics (p.5 0.2 cables Disconnection by means of blade type lever.5 to 2.5 to 2.diode carrier 0372 55 Grey 4 0.5 5 2 connections .5 to 2.5 to 6 0.5 0.5 to 2.5 0.5 For circuit not broken with mini lever Circuit not broken by the master isolating device Orange 2.5 0.5 to 2. 287) New Starfix crimping tools see p. 286) 6 6 6 Blade type levers.5 0.5 to 2. Nos.5 5 2 connections .5 0.5 0.5 to 4 0.5 0.5 to 2. 301) Direct tool-free insertion of a rigid cable or flexible cable with ferrule.5 0.5 0.5 Cat.5 to 2. Disconnect terminal blocks Pack 1 connection . up to 6 mm width 2 areas for bridging combs for alternating equipotential connection For rails 2 depth 15 mm. 301 285 .5 to 2. or flexible cables with or without ferrule (p.4 cables .5 to 2.2 levels .5 to 2.5 to 2. Nos.5 to 2.5 0.5 0.5 0. stainless steel spring type Used to make the electrical connection between 2 rigid copper cables.5 to 2. blade type levers Cat.4 cables .2 levels .with LED Voltage presence indicator (12/24V= /A) 0372 56 Grey 4 0.5 to 2. Nos.5 0. 286) End stops (p. 2 EN 60715 depth 7.5 to 4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.2 entries/2 outlets diode-carrier Width (mm) Grey 2.4 cables .5 to 2.5 to 4 0.5 to 2.5 0. 60 Colour Nominal crosssection Rigid cable (mm²) (mm2) Capacity Flexible cable (mm2) Flexible cable with ferrule (mm2) Width (mm) Grey 4 0.5 mm and 15 mm Pack Cat.5 0. handle lever or mini lever (with tool) Open (to be equipped) Can take a blade-type automotive fuse or a miniature circuit breaker.5 5 0372 54 6 6 6 Accessories (p.5 to 2. joining rods and blown fuse indicators (p.Viking 3 terminal blocks with spring connection (continued) 0372 81 with blown fuse indicator (p.5 0.5 to 2.5 to 6 0.5 to 2.5 For standard circuit with handle lever Grey 2.

Nos. 0372 56: lower level only 286 . Nos. Nos. Grey 100 20 20 20 20 20 20 10 For screw terminal blocks 1 entry/1 exit 5. 0371 51/52: upper level only Block Cat. No. Nos.Copper bar 12 x 4 mm with clamps Cat. can be labelled Pack Cat. No. screwless mounting 0375 54 0375 52 0375 89 0375 11 with label holder 0395 96 0375 12 with CAB 3 labelling 0375 13 with label holder CAB 3 label holders Cat. 0395 96 10 mm width For rails 4 depth 15 mm and 4 EN 60715 depth 7. Red For 10 blocks with 5 mm width For 2 blocks with 5 mm width For 10 blocks with 6 mm width For 2 blocks with 6 mm width For 3 blocks with 8 mm width For 2 blocks with 8 mm width (1) Blocks Cat. Consecutive or alternating connection. 0395 96 Acts as end cap for screw terminal blocks 1 entry/1 exit 5. 4 depth 15 mm and 4 EN 60715 depth 7·5 mm and 15 mm After cutting out the upper divider. 8 and 10 mm width 8 mm width For rails 4 depth 15 mm and 4 EN 60715 depth 7. 0373 49 or 0373 89 . Flexible ABS White background. 0395 97 0395 97 Label for engraving 28 x 9. Nos.Viking 3 accessories for terminal blocks Automatic bridging combs Cat. No.5 mm Can take label Cat. Rails for cutting to length 10 0374 04 0374 07 Length 2 m 4 EN 60715 depth 7. 0373 02 . No. 0395 96. No. 0375 01 to 0375 08 for terminal blocks with screw or spring connection Equipotential bars Cat. 0375 46/47 for 3 level terminal blocks with screw connection 0375 95 End stop 0375 10. No. 0375 40/42/44 for terminal blocks with screw connection 0375 62 Bridging combs Cat.Shielding bar 10 x 3 mm Cat. 0373 00/01 . No. nuts and washers End stops 0375 10 50 0375 11 20 0375 12 10 0375 13 20 Accept CAB 3 markers Automatic 6 mm width Screwless mounting For rails 4 depth 15 mm and 4 EN 60715 depth 7. Nos. 8 and 10 mm width 1 entry/1 exit 12 and 15 mm width 2 entry/2 exits and disconnect 6 mm width blocks 2 levels 3 levels For spring terminal blocks 1 entry/1 exit. 303-305) For spring terminal blocks with 5 mm width Allows the block to become 6 mm width and take a flexible cable fitted with a ferrule 4 mm2 1 entry/1 exit 1 entry/2 exits 2 entries/2 exits 2 levels 20 0375 86 0375 87 0375 88 0375 89 20 For spring terminal blocks with 6 mm width 0375 90 Disconnect type 50 50 20 Separation and insulation dividers 20 10 10 0375 60 0375 61 0375 62 10 20 0375 63 0375 64 10 0375 95 10 0375 96 Grey For screw terminal blocks 1 entry/1 exit 5. 0048 19 . 8 and 10 mm width 1 entry/1 exit 12 and 15 mm width 2 entries/2 exits 2 levels 3 levels Disconnect terminal 6 mm width and function blocks 5 mm width 0375 56 Disconnect terminal fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with screwed plug 0375 57 Disconnect for measurement 0375 50 0375 51 0375 52 0375 53 0375 54 0375 55 20 10 0395 96 Transparent label holder with variable angle Fixing on end stops Cat.5 mm and 15 mm Accepts label holder Cat. 6. 0375 10/11 Supplied with label 32 x 9.IP 2X terminal block with flat steel bar 12 x 2 mm Cat. black engraving 0395 98 Black felt tip pen for permanent marking CAB 3® marking system (p. Nos.5 mm and 15 mm Accepts label holder Cat. No.5 mm 3 depth 15 mm 10 45° mounting bracket 10 0394 49 Set of 2 supports for tilting a rail at an angle of 45° Supplied with 4 x M6 screws. 6. No.Copper bar 12 x 4 mm Cat. No.5 mm (except for rail fixed on plate) and 15 mm For supporting protection conductor bar: .5 mm For label holder Cat. 0375 34 12 mm width For rails 1 EN 60715. 0383 92 for terminal blocks with screw connection CAB 3 markers Technical characteristics (p. 1 entry/2 exits and 2 entry/2 exits 5 and 6 mm width 2 levels Equipotential bridging accessories Identification accessories 20 End caps 20 50 20 50 20 20 0375 01(1) 0375 02(1) 0375 04(1) 0375 05(1) 0375 07(1) 0375 08(1) Bridging combs for screw and spring terminal blocks Front mounting (automatic insertion). 291) Pack Cat. Nos. 6. screwless Isolated and separable.Brass bar Cat.

For 12 blocks with 5 mm width 0375 47 Blue. Steel. Nos. screw terminal block with LED and spring function blocks. tool required for mini lever type With handle lever for fuse cartridge 5 x 20 Blue handle lever for neutral Grey handle lever Mini lever Joining rods For handle and mini lever For 2 blocks For 3 blocks Blown fuse indicators Clip directly on to blocks Cat. 0371 04/05/64/65 0375 77 Measurement socket for Ø4 mm plug for disconnect block for measurement Cat. 0371 81. Nos. No. No. bar 0375 34 and clamps 0375 30/31 0375 66 + 0371 63 + 0371 03 0375 27 + 0371 61 0375 76 + 0371 64 0375 77 + 0371 92 open Technical characteristics (p. For 12 blocks with 5 mm width 20 20 Bridging combs for spring terminal blocks Front mounting (automatic insertion). 0375 61) Measurement accessories 10 50 20 10 For screw and spring terminal blocks 0375 27(2) Measurement socket for Ø4 mm plug for blocks with 5 and 6 mm width For screw terminal blocks 0375 75 Measurement socket for Ø2 mm plug for blocks with 10 mm width Cat. Length 1 m.mounted on plate with M4 screws (supplied) . No. No. Red 0375 82 For 2 blocks with 10 mm width 0375 85 For 2 blocks with 12 mm width Pack Cat. Capacity: 1 mm2 Protective screens 10 10 10 0375 65 0375 66 0375 67 10 0375 68 10 0375 69 Accessories for disconnect blocks 10 10 10 10 20 20 0375 15 0375 16 0375 17 0375 18 0375 21 0375 22 10 0375 24 10 0375 25 For screw and spring terminal blocks Blade type levers For open blocks Cat. Equipotential bridging accessories (continued) Bars for screw terminal blocks Front mounting with screws.8 mm clips or welded on. 8 and 10 mm width (divider Cat. 0372 81 or handle lever 0375 15 (with power off) 12/24/48 V= /A for block with fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with handle lever 110/250 VA for block with fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with handle lever Shielding accessories (continued) 1 pole For screw terminal blocks 1 entry/1 exit 5 and 6 mm width 8 and 10 mm width 12 and 15 mm width Cut to length Length 1 m Mounted on separation and insulation divider For screw terminal blocks 1 entry/1 exit 5. 0375 12 0375 34 10 x 3 mm Screening continuity bracket 0375 35 For screw terminal blocks 1 entry/1 exit 5. simple connection of cable shielding 10 50 Shielding bar For screw and spring terminal blocks.mounted on rail 4 with Cat.8 x 0. Side mounting Isolated and separable 0375 46 Brown. Nos. Nos. 0371 80 and 0372 80 Manual disconnection for handle type. 6. Ensure safe. No. Nos.5 mm 0375 32 For cable diameter 10 to 20 mm (1) Except for Cat. 0371 03/63 0375 76 Measurement socket for Ø4 mm plug for blocks with 12 and 15 mm width Cat.mounted by pivoting on collector bar 10 x 3 mm Cat. 291) Pack 10 10 10 Cat. simple connection of cable shielding Shielding clamps For screw and spring terminal blocks . 0371 87 (2) Except for disconnect blocks with handle lever. 2 and 3-level terminal blocks: upper level only 287 .Viking 3 accessories for terminal blocks (continued) 0375 15 0371 80 + 0375 15 + 0375 25 0372 81 + 0375 24 0375 17 0375 16 0375 18 Shielding terminal block with end stops 0375 12. No. 8 and 10 mm width Connected with 2. 0371 92 Shielding accessories 10 10 4 Ensure safe. No. 6. 0371 51/52. For use with end stops Cat. 0375 34 . Nos. Nos. 0364 69 0375 30 For cable diameter 3 to 8 mm 0375 31 For cable diameter 4 to 13. Pre-assembled Consecutive or alternating connection 0375 40 For 12 blocks with 10 mm width (1) 0375 42 For 12 blocks with 12 mm width 0375 44 For 12 blocks with 15 mm width 10 10 Bridging combs for 3-level screw terminal blocks For lower and intermediate levels of blocks Cat. screwless Isolated. 0375 60) 12 and 15 mm width (divider Cat.

Nos. No. 0371 70/71/72/73 Cat. 0371 77/78 50·5 Cat. . No. Nos.5 W 1. 2. Nos.65 W 4W 2. Nos. 0371 81 or 0371 80 + 0375 15(1) 0371 87 Short-circuit + overload Separate blocks Assembled blocks Separate blocks Assembled blocks 4 W / 6. UL 1059 CSA UL 15 6. Nos. 25 12 12 4 10 10 4 10 10 70 000 000 4 10 10 6 8 8 CSA 49 36·8 IEC Current (A) Nominal cross-section IEC (mm2) CSA (AWG) UL (AWG) 0371 70 2.3 A Pvk = 4. 0371 81/82/83/85 Cat. 158. 0371 76 54·5 64·6 62 57·1 54·5 46·4 53·9 UL 29·3 41·5 IEC 0371 00/20/30/60 27 24 0371 01/21/31/61 36 32 0371 02/62 48 41 800 600 600 0371 03/63 63 57 0371 04/64 85 76 0371 05/65 138 125 0371 07/67 27 24 0371 08/68 500 300 300 36 32 0371 09/69 36 32 600 213 192 0371 66 1 000 600 0371 77 36 32 800 600 600 0371 78 48 41 Cat.5 12 12 10 Power according to EN 60947-7-3 Short-circuit Cat. Nos. 0371 66 Cat. 0375 25 10 16 35 70 Rated current (A) 18 23 30 42 57 93 144 Cat. Nos. Voltage (V) Cat. 960°C according to IEC EN 60695-2-11 Connecting blocks Cat. No.75 W Pvk = 2 W Pv = 1. 0371 04/05/64/65 52·2 45·8 (1) PEN terminal blocks Cat. 0371 79 52·2 45·8 57 54·4 51·2 58·7 46·4 53·9 63 70·5 62·9 70·4 Cat. 0371 87 65·5 73 65·5 71·2 26·8 71·2 46·5 54 6 83·8 76·3 4 52·3 59·8 2.3 0371 80 + 0375 15 250 0371 82 0371 83 0371 84 500 300 300 15 0371 85 0371 86 0371 87 250 250 250 10 IEC 60947-7-1/7-3. CSA no. 0371 80 Cat. 22-2 no.6 W/6. Nos. 22-2 no. column 4 Nominal cross-section UL IEC CSA (mm2) (AWG) (AWG) 2. Nos.3 6.5 12 12 0371 71 4 10 10 0371 72 6 8 8 800 600 600 10 6 6 0371 73(1) (1) 16 4 4 0371 74 35 2 2 0371 75(1) 0371 76 35 0371 77 4 10 10 800 600 600 0371 78 6 8 8 0371 79 500 300 300 4 10 10 IEC 60947-7-1/7-2. Nos. No.3 A 1. 0371 00/01/ 02/03/20/21/30/31/60/ 61/62/63/77/78 UL Ie Cat.6 W . Nos. 0371 76 Cat.6 W/6. Nos. No.3 15 15 10 10 Nominal cross-section CSA UL IEC (mm2) (AWG) (AWG) 15 2.30°C to + 55°C Maximum temperature of materials: + 85°C Working voltage acc. UL 1059 Ie: Rated current NF C 15100 table 52H.5 90·6 83·1 Conductor cross-section (mm2) 288 CSA Current (A) . 0371 84/86 71·2 91·6 84·2 26·8 Certificate of conformity of component for the customer is available on request 46·4 53·9 26·8 (1) Except for Cat. 0371 07/08/67/68 57 54·4 74·8 72·2 Voltage (V) 62·5 70 51·2 58·7 Disconnect terminals Approved by ATEX: LCIE 07 ATEX 0010 U-0081 Cat. 158. No. 0371 74/75 52·2 45·8 Cat. 0371 09/69 Cat. 158.2 exits: 250 V 2 and 3-level terminal blocks: 250 V Rated current: IEC UL IEC 0371 80 500 300 300 15 0371 81 or 250 250 6. CSA no. No.and 3-level connecting terminal blocks. UL 1059 IEC 63 70·5 Voltage (V) Cat. and blocks for protection conductor with metal(1) and plastic base (detailed list on p. 276) The main characteristics are: Operating temperature: . 0371 51: see blocks for sensors IEC 60947-7-1. Pvk = 5 W Pvk = 2 7 W Pv = 1 8 W - (1) With or without blown fuse indicator Cat. 46·4 53·9 V2 polyamide according to UL 94. No.3 A 1. to EN 60079-7: 1-level terminal blocks: 500 V Blocks with 2 entries .5 12 12 4 10 10 6 8 8 10 6 6 16 4 4 35 2 2 .Viking 3 terminal blocks with screw connection n Characteristics and dimensions (mm) Blocks for protection conductor CSA CSA UL 20 30 50 60 85 115 20 30 30 200 30 50 20 30 50 60 85 115 20 30 30 200 30 50 Cat. II 1 or 2 G or D Ex e/i/tD/iD II The terminal blocks with screw connection covered by this certificate are 1-. CSA no. Nos. 22-2 no.

No. 0375 57 3 x Shunts with Ø4 mm plugs Rigid or flexible cable 6 to 8 10 to 12 13 to 17 14 to 18 15 to 22 Signal Automation Bridging comb Cat. 158. CSA no. 0371 92 Nominal cross-section IEC CSA UL IEC CSA UL 800 - - 24 - - CSA UL IEC (mm2) (AWG) (AWG) 4 - IEC EN 60947-7-1 Cat. 158. 0371 52 Voltage (V) Cat. Nos.1N4007 type 1A . 0371 51/52 Normal position 84·5 Short-circuit position Per circuit: 2 x Disconnect blocks for measurement Cat. No. 0375 77 1 x End cap Cat.inverse current 5 µA at 25°C + - - Wiring diagram for measurement blocks Cat.N Power supply (shared) Protection against fire and panic risks in public buildings/UTE C 12-201 guide Art. UL 1059 Cat. No. UL 1059 Ie: Rated current NF C 15100 table 52H. column 4 Nominal crosssection CSA UL IEC 2 (mm ) (AWG) (AWG) 2. No. 0371 54/55 . No.No 375 47 Power supply or Ph .direct current = 1 A . 0371 51 Screw terminal width (mm) Sensors Signal 5 6 8 10 12 15 22 L1 L2 L3 N PE 10 x Disconnect blocks for measurement Cat. 0371 92 4 x Measurement sockets for Ø4 mm plug Cat. IEC CSA Current (A) UL Ie IEC CSA UL 20 20 0371 51 400 300 300 27 24 0371 52 IEC 60947-7-1/7-2. Nos.5 4 4 CSA (AWG) 10 10 UL (AWG) 10 10 Phase Neutral Signal common Signal Automation Bridging comb Cat.5 12 12 Cat. power supply circuits in security installations section 1a: "…the corresponding junction or deviation devices and their enclosures except for the waterproofing systems must satisfy the incandescent cable test defined in the standard in force. 0371 92 Ammeter circuit Wattmeter circuit Blocks for sensors and actuators/PNE Voltage (V) Cat.5 2. Nos. No. No. No. Nos. 22-2 no. the temperature of the incandescent cable being 960 °C" Viking 3 terminal blocks satisfy the incandescent cable test 960 °C according to standard IEC 60695-2-11 289 .peak inverse voltage 1 000 V . No. 0371 92 Cat. 0371 54 Cat. Nos. No. Nos. No. No. 0371 56 + Diode for Cat. 0371 53 Current (A) Cat. CSA no.No 0375 47 Cat. 0371 55 73·2 62 69·5 Schematic diagrams Cat. EL 3. 0371 92 12 x Measurement sockets for Ø4 mm plug Cat. 0371 53/54 IEC (mm2) 2. IEC CSA Current (A) UL IEC CSA UL 1 30 1 30 0371 53 250 0371 54 250 1 0371 55 500 300 300 1 0371 56 12 to 24 12 to 24 12 to 24 32 IEC 60947-7-1. No. 0371 55/56 71·2 65·9 PNE block Cat. No. 22-2 no. Nos. definitions: "Security installations are those that have to be put into or maintained in service to ensure the evacuation of the public" or facilitate the intervention of the first-aid Art.Function blocks Block for actuator Cat. 0375 57 1 x Shunt with Ø4 mm plugs 67·4 74·9 38·8 Test position Stripped lengths (mm) Wiring diagram Block for sensor Cat. 0371 52 To actuators Nominal cross-section 74·8 72·2 26·8 46·5 54 62·5 70 Disconnect block for measurement Voltage (V) Cat. No. 0375 77 1 x End cap Cat. EL 16.

27 Cat. Nos. and blocks for protection conductor with metal base (detailed list on p. 158.and 2-level connecting terminal blocks. UL 1059 Ie: Rated current NF C 15100 table 52H. 0372 81/82/83/85 80 84·7 42·1 49·6 69·4 89·1 15 6.6 W / 6. UL 1059 54 Working voltage acc.3 Cat. Nos. IEC 60947-7-1. 158. 0372 07/08/55/56/67/68 290 15 91·7 83·3 42·4 15 6. UL 1059 (1) PEN terminal blocks Voltage (V) 0372 54 0372 55 0372 56 10 10 8 6 10 8 6 10 Current (A) CSA UL IEC CSA UL 500 300 300 1 1 1 - - - 6 10 16 Rated current (A) 23 30 42 57 IEC (mm2) CSA (AWG) UL (AWG) 4 14 14 IEC CSA Current (A) UL IEC 0372 80 500 300 300 15 0372 81 or 250 250 6. 0375 25 54·1 Cat.peak inverse voltage 1 000 V . 0372 54/55 . No. No. 22-2 no.Viking 3 terminal blocks with spring connection n Characteristics and dimensions (mm) Schematic diagrams V2 polyamide according to UL 94. Nos.direct current = 1 A . Nos.inverse current 5 µA at 25°C Rated current: Blocks for protection conductor Voltage (V) Cat. Diode for Cat. 0372 09/12/ 46/47/54/69/79 Cat.65 W (1): With or without blown fuse indicator Cat. CSA no. Nos. Nos. 960°C according to IEC EN 60695-2-11 Connecting blocks Cat.2 exits: 500 V 2-level terminal blocks: 250 V Disconnect blocks Nominal cross-section IEC 12 to 24 12 to 24 12 to 24 Approved by ATEX: LCIE 07 ATEX 0010 U-0081 II 1 or 2 G or D Ex e/i/tD/iD II The terminal blocks with spring connection covered by this certificate are 1. 0372 84/86 27 46·5 54 80 83·8 76·3 56·1 63·6 15 80 Cat. 0372 04/ 64/74 CSA Nominal cross-section Power according to EN 60947-7-3 66·4 42·1 4 Voltage (V) Cat. CSA no. Nos. 0372 00/01/ 20/21/60/61/70/71 Cat.3 0372 80 + 375 15 250 0372 82 0372 83 0372 84 500 300 300 15 0372 85 0372 86 IEC 60947-7-1/7-3. UL 1059 48·7 56·2 51·5 44 74·3 Cat. Nos. 0372 02/62/72 Cat. 0372 55 .1N4007 type 1A . Nos. 158. Nos. No. 0372 54 Voltage (V) IEC CSA Current (A) UL Ie Nominal cross-section UL IEC CSA (mm2) (AWG) (AWG) IEC CSA UL 32 20 20 4 12 12 41 57 76 30 50 65 30 50 65 6 10 16 10 8 6 10 8 6 30 30 10 10 20 20 12 12 30 50 65 30 50 65 10 8 6 10 8 6 30 30 10 10 20 20 12 12 0372 00 36 0372 01 0372 02 800 600 600 48 0372 03 63 0372 04 85 0372 07 500 300 300 0372 08 0372 09 0372 20 0372 21 0372 40 0372 41 36 0372 42 0372 43 800 600 600 0372 44 0372 46 0372 47 0372 60 0372 61 0372 62 48 0372 63 63 0372 64 85 0372 67 500 300 300 0372 68 36 0372 69 800 600 600 IEC 60947-7-1. to EN 60079-7: 1-level terminal blocks: 500 V Blocks with 2 entries . No. No. 0372 03/63/73 49·6 Conductor cross-section (mm2) Cat. CSA no. column 4 32 41 57 76 32 4 6 10 16 4 Cat. 0372 56 52·3 59·8 Cat. No. 0372 80 CSA (AWG) UL (AWG) 2. 22-2 no.3 IEC (mm2) Separate blocks Assembled blocks Separate blocks Assembled blocks 4 W / 6. Nos.75 W Pvk = 2 W Pv = 1.30°C to + 55°C Maximum temperature of materials: + 85°C Certificate of conformity of component for the customer is available on request Function blocks Cat. Nos. 0372 10/11/ 40/41/42/43/44 51·3 58·8 84·9 UL Short-circuit Cat.3 A 1. IEC CSA Nominal cross-section UL IEC (mm2) CSA (AWG) UL (AWG) 0372 10 0372 11 0372 12 4 0372 70 0372 71 800 600 600 0372 72 6 10 0372 73(1) (1) 16 0372 74 0372 79 4 IEC 60947-7-2. 22-2 no. CSA no.5 14 14 Short-circuit + overload 42·1 49·6 27 90·5 83 46·6 Cat.6 W / 6. 158. Cat.3 A 0372 81 or 0372 80 + 0375 15(1) Pvk = 4. 278) The main characteristics are: Operating temperature: . Nos. Nos. 22-2 no.3 A 1.

0375 12 Cat. 0375 30 0375 31 0375 32 A 13.3 (1) For more information please contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333 291 .5 2 2 2.3 26 26 31.1 1. 0375 34 B C A Mounting on plate D Art.5 10 16 Shielding clamps Mounting on rail with accessory Cat.4 40 D 5. No. 0375 10 Cat. EL 3. No. 0375 01 0375 02 0375 04 0375 05 0375 07 0375 08 0375 40 0375 42 0375 44 0375 46 0375 47 0375 82 0375 85 Cross-section (mm2) 2.3 5. the temperature of the incandescent cable being 960 °C" Viking 3 terminal blocks satisfy the incandescent cable test 960 °C according to standard IEC 60695-2-11 39·3 31·8 5 6 8 10 12 n Characteristics and dimensions (mm) Rigid or flexible cable M4 Cat.6 5.5 2.8 B C 18 20.8 2.1 2 Thickness (mm) 2. 0375 50 0375 51 0375 52 0375 53 0375 54 0375 55 0375 56 0375 57 0375 86 0375 87 0375 88 0375 89 0375 90 Cat.5 2. definitions: "Security installations are those that have to be put into or maintained in service to ensure the evacuation of the public" or facilitate the intervention of the first-aid Art. 0375 13 114 40·3 38·8 46·3 49·7 59 51·5 Separation and insulation dividers End caps Cat.5 2.4 1. Nos. Nos.1 1.5 2 1. EL 16.5 20 24. 0364 69(1) Mounting on bar 10 x 3 Cat.5 2.5 4 4 6 6 10 16 35 2. Nos. No.4 1 1.Viking 3 accessories for terminal blocks Stripped lengths (mm) Spring terminal width (mm) 8 to 12 End stops Cat. power supply circuits in security installations section 1a: "…the corresponding junction or deviation devices and their enclosures except for the waterproofing systems must satisfy the incandescent cable test defined in the standard in force. 0375 54 0375 60 0375 61 0375 62 0375 63 0375 95 0375 96 Thickness (mm) 2 2. No. No.5 2.6 2. No.5 2.7 Equipotential bridging combs/bars Cat. 0375 11 52·7 45·9 8 to 13 8 to 15 48·4 46·4 53·9 Protection against fire and panic risks in public buildings/UTE C 12-201 guide Cat. Nos.

Nos. 0394 46/47 Cable/cable 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Rigid or flexible connecting cable (mm²) Rigid or flexible connecting cable (mm²) Width (mm) Connecting plate max. (mm²) Width of plate (mm) Stud (Ø) Width (mm) 42 55 10 10 0394 77 0394 78 5 0394 86 5 5 0394 88 0394 89 Separation barriers Take protective covers Marking possible with CAB 3 For terminals with width 26 mm For terminals with width 34 and 46 mm Protective covers For mounting on separation barriers For 3 terminals with width 46 mm or for 4 terminals with width 34 mm For 4 terminals with width 26 mm For 4 terminals with width 46 mm End stops (p. For copper and aluminium cables Pack Bridging the gap between the enclosure and external cables Fixed using metal clip for rails 4 15 mm depth and 4 EN 60715. (mm²) Rigid or flexible connecting cable (mm²) 0390 10 Al/Cu 35 to 120 Cu 35 to 70 42 0390 11 Al/Cu 70 to 300 Cu 70 to 150 55 Terminal for cable lug/terminal for cable lug 0390 13 0390 14 0390 15 0390 17 0390 18 Al/Cu 95 Al/Cu 95 Al/Cu 150 Al/Cu 150 Al/Cu 300 Al/Cu 300 Terminal for cable lug/cable Al/Cu 150 Al/Cu 300 Cu 35 to 95 Cu 70 to 150 36 42 55 Shunt 0394 46 For blocks with width 36 and 42 mm 0394 47 For blocks with width 55 mm Heavy duty terminal blocks Bridging the gap between the enclosure and external cables Plastic foot For use with terminal marker sheets For symmetrical rails Fixed using metal clip on rails 4 15 mm depth and 4 EN 60715.Viking 3 heavy duty terminal blocks With CAB 3 marking 0390 11 (interior view) 0390 11 Direct connection Al/Cu 0390 10 Possibility of sealing Technical characteristics (p. 15 mm depth or on plate with screws Fitted with covers with cut-outs Permits the use of CAB 3 markers Test via test plug Ø4 closed covers Blocks with identical width can be joined using a threaded rod Supports shunt with Cat. Nos. 286) (1) Previously M 12 + block length 78·5 mm (2) Previously M 16 + block length 94 mm 292 Width (mm) 35 15 M8 70 20 M 10 120 25 M 10 240 35 M 12 For asymmetrical rails Fixed using metal clip on rails 1 EN 60715 35 15 M8 70 20 M 10 120 25 M 10(1) 240 35 M 12 (2) 26 34 34 46 26 34 34 46 Accessories for heavy duty plate terminal blocks Accessories for heavy duty terminal blocks for copper and aluminium cables 5 5 Cat. 15 mm depth 5 5 5 5 0390 71 0390 72 0390 73 0390 74 5 5 5 5 0390 31 0390 32 0390 33 0390 34 Connecting max. 293) Pack Cat. . (mm²) Width (mm) Connecting plate max. (mm²) Connecting plate max. Nos.

– – – – – 10 – Cat. Nos. Nos. EN 60947-7-1 UL 1059 and 486 E .Cable Connection Width of Screw (mm2) plate (mm) Ø Rigid or flexible Rigid or flexible – – – – 0390 10 Cu/Al: 35 to 120 Cu: 35 to 70 Rigid or flexible Rigid or flexible – – – – 0390 11 Cu/Al: 70 to 300 Cu: 70 to 150 Terminal for cable lug . A 0394 77 106 Cat.Terminal for cable lug 0390 13 Cu/Al: max.5 113.cable A min. 0390 31 0390 32 0390 33(1) 0390 34(2) 0390 71 0390 72 0390 73 0390 74 n Separation barriers at. Nos. Nos.3 60. A max. Nos.polypropylene cover . 95 28 M 8 0390 14 Cu/Al: max. 95 Cu/Al: max.5 107. A max.3 73 74.Viking 3 heavy duty terminal blocks n Characteristics of heavy duty terminal blocks for copper and aluminium cables IK 04 Conform to IEC 60947-7-1.4 60. 150 34 M 10 0390 15 Cu/Al: max.5 176 212 257 185 221 266 191 227 272 42 55 n Characteristics of heavy duty plate terminal blocks IEC EN 60947-7-1 Fire resistance: 960°C.CSA 22-2 Fire resistant IEC 60695-2-11: 960°C (except cover) V2 according to UL 94 Insulation voltage Ui: 1 000 V Impulse voltage Uimp: 12 kV Insulating material: . 150 Cu/Al: max.5 88 89.25 °C to + 100 °C Cable section equivalence table mm2 35 70 95 120 150 185 300 AWG 2 00 0000 250 300 350 600 F G H Dimensions (mm) E C D Connection table B Cat. Nos. 0390 71/72/73/74 B' C 84 84 84 86 84 84 84 86 55. 150 34 M 10 0390 18 Cu/Al: max. Shunted C input IEC I/O currents IEC CSA UL Shunted input I/O Site Factory Width (mm) Cable . 55 Dimensions (mm) A B' A Cable .30 °C to + 100 °C Voltage (V) Intensity (A) Cat.4 63.cable C C Currents table Cat. Nos. 300 46 M 12 Cu/Al: max. Connection Width of Screw (mm2) plate (mm) Ø Cable .Cable A M8 M 10 M 10 M 12 M8 M 10 M 10 M 12 B 56 61 61 64 Cat.Cable 0390 17 Cu/Al: max. Nos.30 °C to + 100 °C .5 Terminal for cable lug . A min. IEC IEC 0390 31/71 1 000 125 0390 32/72 1 000 192 0390 33/73 1 000 269 0390 34/74 1 000 415 Terminal for cable lug terminal for cable lug Cable . 0390 13 0390 10/14/17 0390 11/15/18 227 296 337 155 200 216 B C D E F G H 36 42 55 82 83. 0390 31/32/33/34 Current (A) Short-circuit current (kA) Tightening torque (Nm) 0390 10 340 250 200 170 14·4 8·4 15 15 42 0390 11 570 400 300 285 36 18 35 35 55 Cat. 300 28 34 46 M 8 M 10 M 12 Rigid or flexible – – Cu: 35 to 95 Rigid or flexible – – Cu: 70 to 150 Width (mm) 42 36 42 55 Cat. 300 46 M 12 Terminal for cable lug . 0394 77/78 0394 78 188 B 82 102 Thickness 8 12 (1) Previously M 12 + block length 78·5 mm (2) Previously M 16 + block length 94 mm 293 . IEC EN 60695-2-11 V2 according to UL 94 Insulating material: polyamide .terminal for cable lug B Terminal for cable lug . Nos.5 98.Cable 0390 17 415 315 210 230 18 11·4 15 15 42 0390 18 670 420 325 285 36 18 35 35 55 A Shunts 0394 46 450 max. – – – – – 6 – 0394 47 700 max.Terminal for cable lug 0390 13 310 310 250 230 11·4 11·4 15 15 36 0390 14 415 415 340 285 18 18 15 15 42 0390 15 670 670 520 420 36 36 35 35 55 Dimensions (mm) B Terminal for cable lug .polyamide body .

0048 10 0048 10 Partly shrouded terminals on base For fixing to 12 x 2 mm rail Supplied with Duplix markers(1) Incoming capacity 10 10 10 10 (1) 0048 20 0048 22(1)(2) 0048 24(1)(2) 0048 25(1) Terminal length (mm) Outgoing capacity 2 – 4 x 1·5 to 16 mm – 8 x 1·5 to 16 mm2 2 1 x 6 to 25 mm 12 x 1·5 to 16 mm2 1 x 6 to 25 mm2 16 x 1·5 to 16 mm2 47 75 113 141 Fully shrouded terminals providing finger protection IP 2x 10 10 10 10 10 10 Phase (black) Neutral (blue) 0048 50 0048 52(2) 0048 54(2) 0048 55 0048 56 0048 58 0048 40 0048 42(2) 0048 44(2) 0048 45 0048 46 0048 48 For fixing to 12 x 2 mm rail Incoming capacity Outgoing capacity Terminal length (mm) – – 1 x 6 to 25 mm2 1 x 6 to 25 mm2 1 x 6 to 25 mm2 2 x 6 to 25 mm2 4 x 1·5 to 16 mm2 8 x 1·5 to 16 mm2 12 x 1·5 to 16 mm2 16 x 1·5 to 16 mm2 21 x 1·5 to 16 mm2 33 x 1·5 to 16 mm2 47 75 113 141 176 276 Terminal supports Cat. .2 red Duplix markers (L) (2) Can be fixed directly to DIN rail without accessory T 294 IP 2x terminals are the ideal companion for Plexo boxes.2 green Duplix markers ( ) . 0048 11 showing method of fixing terminals Terminal length (mm) 227 Supports for terminal blocks 1 0048 10 5 0048 11 10 0048 19 Consists of two side supports enabling the positioning of up to 4 x IP 2x terminal blocks with the same dimensions to create a 2. No. 0048 10 fitted with fully shrouded terminals providing custom made distribution 0048 50 0048 11 Earth (green) 10 10 10 10 10 10 0048 30 0048 32(2) 0048 34(2) 0048 35 0048 36 0048 38 – 4 x 1·5 to 16 mm2 47 – 8 x 1·5 to 16 mm2 75 1 x 6 to 25 mm2 12 x 1·5 to 16 mm2 113 1 x 6 to 25 mm2 16 x 1·5 to 16 mm2 141 1 x 6 to 25 mm2 21 x 1·5 to 16 mm2 176 2 x 6 to 25 mm2 33 x 1·5 to 16 mm2 276 Fully shrouded terminals for looping Supplied with Duplix markers(1) Terminal 10 0048 12(1) 6 x 6 to 25 mm2 – 54 Fully shrouded terminal blocks 3 phase + neutral (3 black + 1 blue) Incoming capacity Incoming capacity 1 0048 14 Outgoing capacity Outgoing capacity Neutral x 1 1 x 4 to 25 mm2 12 x 1·5 to 16 mm2 Phase x 3 1x1·5 to16 mm2 3 x 1·5 to 16 mm2 length (mm) 0048 40 0048 22 0048 34 Adaptor support Cat. Nos. No. 3 or 4 pole distribution block Adaptor support for or rail.2 blue Duplix markers (N) . Provides a firm fixing allowing IP 2x terminal blocks to be side or top mounted on to adaptor 1 metre length of 12 x 2 mm terminal mounting rail .accepts partly and fully shrouded terminals 4 1 (1) Each terminal supplied with : .400 V with 16 mm2 incoming Ipk (kA) 60 : Icw (kA) 3·5 AA Pack Cat.distribution terminal blocks distribution terminal blocks ■ Connection protection IP 2x finger protection Shroud available in 3 colours Captive screw with universal head (cross/ flat blade screwdriver) 0048 03 0048 22 0048 32 0048 12 Conform to standard IEC 60998-2-1 Supplied ready for use (screws backed-off) 100 A max. screw from rear of mounting plate Terminal Incoming capacity 10 10 10 10 10 Outgoing capacity length (mm) 1 x 6 to 25 mm2 4 x 1·5 to 16 mm2 1 x 6 to 25 mm2 8 x 1·5 to 16 mm2 1 x 6 to 25 mm2 14 x 1·5 to 16 mm2 1 x 6 to 25 mm2 19 x 1·5 to 16 mm2 1 x 6 to 25 mm2 24 x 1·5 to 16 mm2 0048 01 0048 03 0048 05 0048 06 0048 07 45 73 122 157 192 Fixes into side supports to construct a distribution block ■ Use of terminal supports Cat. 258 . No. Multiple fixing options – see details Unshrouded terminal blocks Fix using M4 dia. see p. .400 V with 25 mm2 incoming 80 A max.

125 A Cat.5 23 Four pole 40 .125 A 0048 88 + 0048 45 44 L 50 Length 0048 80 0048 81 0048 82 0048 84 0048 85 0048 86 0048 88 0048 79 70 105 140 70 105 105 140 179 86 88.5 Pack 50 Number of modules 44 L 20 3 6 20 4·5 4 18 4·5 8 50 Four pole Ways per bar 5 0048 85 40 A 10 0048 84 100 A 5 0048 86 125 A 5 0048 88 125 A 1 0048 79 160 A 11 2 5 2 7 2 2 11 4 1 8 4 2 Capacity flexible rigid (mm2) (mm2) 1·5 to 4 6 to 16 2·5 to 10 10 to 25 2·5 to 10 10 to 25 10 to 35 2·5 to 10 10 to 35 35 to 70 2·5 to 10 10 to 25 10 to 35 0·75 to 4 4 to 10 1·5 to 10 6 to 16 1·5 to 10 6 to 16 10 to 25 1·5 to 10 6 to 25(1) 35 to 70 1·5 to 10 6 to 16 10 to 25(1) Ipk peak withstand Icw current (kA) (kA) Number of modules 20 3 6 20 4·5 4 20 4·5 6 14·5 4·2 8 27 8·4 10 0048 88 + 0048 45 Extend your wiring capability using IP 2x fully shrouded terminals on the following : (see p.rail or screw fixing modular style .8 4 Fixing on rail or on plate using 2 screws Supplied complete with rear insulated plate and transparent cover Bar identification possible using CAB 3 markers When installing under a front plate a blank can also be clipped on to the front plate Additional IP 2x terminals can be fitted (see table opposite) Double pole 23 Cat.distribution blocks 40 to 160 A distribution blocks 40 to 160 A modular style . 0048 79 44 Connection with or without Starfix ferrules (p. Nos. 0048 80 0048 81 0048 82 0048 84 0048 85 0048 86 0048 88 0048 79 IP 2x Terminal (1) 0048 32 0048 34(1) 0048 35(1) 0048 42(2) 0048 44(2) 0048 44(2) 0048 45(2) 0048 45(2) Characteristics Rating Voltage 400 V 400 V 400 V 400 V 400 V 400 V 400 V 400 V 80 A 40 A 100 A 80 A 40 A 100 A 100 A 100 A 0048 80 + 0048 32 T (1) Supplied with short ferrule (1) (green cover) (2) Neutral (blue cover) 295 .100 .100 .rail or screw fixing Conform to standard EN 60947-1 Insulation voltage according to EN 60947-1/IEC 60664-1 : 500 V Impulse (surge) voltage (Uimp) : 8 kV Degree of pollution : 3 (conductive dust) Self-extinguishing 960 °C for supports and active parts ■ Dimensions 49 39 23 Double pole 40 . Nos. 301) L Modular style blocks Ways per bar 5 0048 81 40 A 10 0048 80 100 A 5 0048 82 125 A 11 2 5 2 11 2 2 Capacity rigid flexible (mm2) (mm2) 1·5 to 4 6 to 16 2·5 to 10 10 to 25 2·5 to 10 10 to 25 10 to 35 0·75 to 4 4 to 10 1·5 to 10 6 to 16 1·5 to 10 6 to 16 10 to 25 Ipk peak withstand Icw current (kA) (kA) Four pole 160 A 96. Nos. 294) Distribution block Cat. 91.

5 150 mm2 125 150 165 75.5 122.5 250 A (75·5 mm depth) 0374 00 Fix to mounting plate by M6 screws Four bars each equipped with : Incoming 1 16 6. 0373 65 (p.Ipk peak withstand current 25 kA Insulation voltage according to EN 60947-1/IEC 60664-1 : 500 V Self-extinguishing : 960 °C 58 61. No.M10 screw 1 228 77 71 1 connector Cat. No.Ipk peak withstand current 42 kA Insulation voltage according to EN 60947-1/IEC 60664-1 : 1 000 V Impulse (surge) voltage (Uimp) : 12 kV Degree of pollution : 3 (conductive dust) Self-extinguishing : 960 °C 4 460 395 300 260 101 either 200 ■ Stepped distribution blocks for lugs Outgoing 83.Ipk peak withstand current 20 kA Insulation voltage according to EN 60947-1/IEC 60664-1 : 600 V Self-extinguishing : 850 °C Outgoing 5 x 50 mm2 . of 17·5 mm modules 44 Phase outgoing 98 Incoming M8 Plate width : 35 mm 140 2 220 125 A screw type (60 mm depth) 0374 47 Fix to (15 mm high) or by M6 screws Four bars each equipped with : B 1 Cat. Nos.distribution blocks 125 to 400 A distribution blocks 125 to 400 A four pole four pole ■ Extra-flat distribution blocks for lugs 125 A Cat. 0374 30/31/35 . 297) 1 1 1 0374 03 Connector for Cat.M6 screw 250 A (155 mm depth) 0374 35 Fix to mounting plate by M6 screws Four 25 x 4 mm bars each equipped with : Incoming 1 x 120 mm2 .5 125/160/250 A Cat.M8 screw 5 x 25 mm2 .Ipk peak withstand current 60 kA Insulation voltage according to EN 60947-1/IEC 60664-1 : 1 000 V : 960 °C Self-extinguishing 0 0373 08 5 Extra-flat distribution blocks for lugs Neutral outgoing 1 x 35 mm2 10 x 16 mm2 17 x 16 mm2 M5 M5 Connection possible using connector Cat.M8 screw 5 x 35 mm2 .Ipk peak withstand current 35 kA Insulation voltage according to EN 60947-1/IEC 60664-1 : 1 000 V Impulse (surge) voltage (Uimp) : 12 kV Degree of pollution : 3 (conductive dust) Self-extinguishing : 850 °C 0 I A J H or 1 x 70 mm2 or 1 x 50 mm2 plus 1 x 35 mm2 or 2 x 35 mm2 C D E F G Dimensions (mm) Rating A B C D E F G H I J 125 A 225 125 110 125 165 189 6·5 117·5 165 108 160 A 240 125 110 125 165 189 6·5 117·5 180 120 250 A 260 155 110 125 185 209 6·5 147·5 195 120 400 A(1) Cat. 107 Pack 2 250 440 (1) It is recommended that the unit is fitted horizontally with a minimum face plate height of 300 mm 296 .M8 screw 400 A (107 mm depth) 0373 08 With front insulation sheet Four 32 x 5 mm bars equipped with : Incoming Outgoing 2 x Ø 8·5 mm holes for bar/flexible bar 21 x M6 holes for 70 mm2 max cable lugs 108 14.5 1 No. No. 0374 47 . 0374 00 converts outgoing terminal to : • 1 x 1·5 to 6 mm2 Ø 5·3 mm • 2 x 6 to 16 mm2 Ø 7·5 mm Dimensions : 29 x 29 x 16·8 mm 125 A (77 mm depth) 0373 95 Fix to (15 mm high) or by M4 screws Four 12 x 4 mm bars each equipped with : • Five 2 x 10 mm2 claw connectors per bar (not mounted) 2 125 A (125 mm depth) 0374 30 Fix to mounting plate by M6 screws Four 15 x 4 mm bars each equipped with : Incoming Outgoing 1 x 35 mm2 . No. No.M6 screw 160 A (125 mm depth) 0374 31 Fix to mounting plate by M6 screws Four 18 x 4 mm bars each equipped with : Incoming Outgoing 1 x 70 mm2 . 0374 00 . No. 0374 03 Stepped distribution blocks for lugs 1 125 A Cat. 0373 08 . 0373 95 .5 265 135 59 44 N N 289 60 0374 00 250 A Cat. Nos. No.

distribution blocks distribution blocks for assembly for assembly c ■ Copper connector bars with threaded holes Cat. 18 x 4 or 25 x 4 mm Copper connector bars With threaded holes 0373 88 0373 89 0374 33 0374 34 0374 38 0374 19 12 x 2 12 x 4 15 x 4 18 x 4 25 x 4 32 x 5 M5 M5 M6 M6 M6 M6 18 18 18 18 18 25 110 160 200 245 280 450 Length (mm) 990 990 990 990 990 1 750 Size Ithe (A) Ic (A) 0373 88 0373 89 0374 33 0374 34 0374 38 0374 19 12 x 2 12 x 4 15 x 4 18 x 4 25 x 4 32 x 5 110 160 200 245 280 450 80 125 160 200 250 400 Clamp type – For bars with threaded holes 12 x 4 (mm) For one or two conductors 0373 65 1·5 to 10 mm2 (supplied with Ø 5 mm screw) Current ratings according to EN 60947-1 : • Ith : bars in free air • Ithe : bars enclosed with ventilation • Ic : bars totally enclosed in a weatherproof enclosure Insulation voltage according to EN 60947-1/IEC 60664-1 : Cat. No. 0374 37 4. No. No. No.4 6.5 Front view for 12 x 4 mm bar 6. 0373 88/89 Cat.2 4 For mounting on rail EN 60715 and 15 mm depth 0044 16 10 mm width With threaded Ø 4 mm hole 3 10 53 9 2 12. No. Nos. 0374 19 990 9 18 = 42 = = Max. 0373 96 400 (200) 300 (150) 200 (125) 150 (100) – – – 83 ■ Insulated supports single pole Cat. Nos. 0373 98 Cat.dimension E (mm) after choosing your bar and support Distance between supports (mm) Cat. Bar size In (A) E (mm) Peak withstand current (kA) 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 0373 98 12 x 2/12 x 4 80/125 75 100 125 50 400 300 250 200 – – – 600 450 350 250 – – – – 800 600 400 – – – 350 250 150 125 100 – – 800 600 450 300 – – – 0374 37 15 x 4/18 x 4/25 x 4 160/200/245 75 100 600 400 225 150 125 100 – 750 500 300 200 150 125 – 125 – 700 375 250 175 150 – 297 . holes thermal Ø mm Pitch rating (A) by M4 screws supplied 50 M6 9 35 Size (mm) Mounting by claws 0044 16 supplied or M4 screws not supplied 18 14 Insulated supports 18 70 Cat.4 25 = 17. Nos. 0373 96 : 690 V . 12 x 4 : 25 cm The distance between supports can be determined using the chart Select the peak withstand current (kA rating) and the distance between bars . 18 25. 75 10 10 10 10 10 4 Threaded Max.5 Pack 32 25 0374 33 50 1 750 M6 18 18 Cat. Nos.5 Clips 50 ■ Insulated supports four pole : Front view for 12 x 2 mm bar Cage type – For bare 12 x 4 mm bars 100 10 10 50 Insulation voltage according to EN 60947-1/IEC 60664-1 : 500 V Impulse voltage (surge) (Uimp) : 8 kV Degree of pollution (conductive dust) : 3 Connectors 100 Cat. No. 0374 33/34 c 9 0373 96 0373 98 0374 37 18 990 15/18 12 990 M5 18 18 M6 9 18 Cat. Bar size In (A) Peak withstand current (kA) 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 0373 96 12 x 4 (12 x 2) 125 (80) Cat.5 25. Nos. 0374 38 18 18 For making up distribution blocks of varying lengths using bars and connectors below Supplied with insulated screws for mounting optional protective cover (except 0373 98) 5 Set of 2 insulated 4 pole supports 0373 96 For bars 12 x 2 or 12 x 4 mm 10 10 Single pole supports 0373 98 For bars 12 x 2 or 12 x 4 mm 0374 37 For bars 15 x 4.Impulse voltage (surge) (Uimp) : 8 kV Degree of pollution (conductive dust) : 3 Distance between supports (mm) Cat. space between 2 supports : bar size 12 x 2 : 20 cm.7 8.5 8. No.7 25.2 View from above Capacity 0373 60 1·5 to 4 mm2 0373 61 6 to 16 mm2 0373 62 10 to 35 mm2 (supplied with hexagonal 5 mm M6 screw) 4 12.

298 32 60 56 40 56 48 32 24 24 56 48 32 24 24 40 40 32 24 16 16 24 24 20 16 12 6360 95 6361 00 6361 05 6360 96 6361 01 6361 06 6361 11 6361 15 6361 19 6361 02 6361 07 6361 12 6361 16 6361 20 6361 03 6361 08 6361 13 6361 17 6361 21 6361 25 6361 09 6361 14 6361 18 6361 22 6361 23 PC/ABS Grey RAL 7030 halogen free 6362 02 6362 07 6362 12 6362 13 6362 17 6362 25 Plastic cable ducting (base + cover) 2 metre lengths Width x Height (mm) 15 x 25 25 x 25 40 x 25 15 x 40 25 x 40 40 x 40 60 x 40 80 x 40 100 x 40 25 x 60 40 x 60 60 x 60 80 x 60 100 x 60 25 x 80 40 x 80 60 x 80 80 x 80 100 x 80 120 x 80 40 x 100 60 x 100 80 x 100 100 x 100 150 x 100 Capacity (mm2) 264 391 692 455 720 1 245 1 932 2 647 3 363 1 159 2 007 3 115 4 200 5 307 1 600 2 717 4 216 5 715 7 215 8 729 3 354 5 216 7 078 8 960 13 683 Spare covers 2 metre lengths PVC 36 36 36 36 36 PC/ABS 0370 10 0370 11 0370 12 0370 13 6362 93 0370 14 6362 94 Width (mm) 15 . Nos. No.also used for marking(2) 25 40 60 80 (1) Metres contained in each pack (2) Clips to label holder cat. 300) Accessories (p. Transcab is used by professional panel builders all over the world.Transcab cable ducting Transcab® open slot cable ducting PVC and PC/ABS halogen free Ideal for almost any industrial application. once the reinforcement bar is removed Rounded fingers are easily removed at the terminal or base level. PVC Grey RAL 7030 Transcab’s body has 6 mm gaps and 6·5 mm fingers with unique support ribs for a rigid construction. UL and CSA Material : PVC self-extinguishing or PC/ABS halogen free Colour : grey RAL 7030 (PVC) or light grey RAL 7035 (PC/ABS) PC/ABS range passes IEC 695-2-1 850 °C glow wire test Operating temp. without injury during wiring Cover can be cut without surface damage due to the raised edges which also provide a guide for labels Pack(1) Cat. : –5 to +60 °C UL classification : UL94 VO Oxygen index : 43 % (PVC) or 37 % (PC/ABS) EN ISO 4589 (low fume) Metric size body in 2 m lengths (6 mm gap/6·5 mm finger width) DIN fixing centres of 12·5/25 mm Maximum space for cables with good heat dissipation Exit cables at terminal or base level Pre-scored base enables the ducting to be snapped to length. making it easy to break to length and create T-junctions without the need for a saw. 299) Conforms to EN 50085 Parts 2 and 3. Its rounded-end fingers can be removed at support rib or base level. 0367 02 . 6361 25 6361 17 6362 17 6362 07 Dimensions and technical information (p. Covers clip into place and have raised lines making it easy to align labels.

54 mm 10 0395 98 Indelible for marking Black felt tip pen 299 . Enables direct mounting of ducting by a manual 1/4 turn Braided sleeving Material: black polyester 25 m roll in dispenser box Used to protect runs of cables to door equipment Cable bunch diameter 1 0366 38 Ø 20 mm 10 . Nos. Ducting accessories 100 6361 90 Insulated Nylon fixing screws Ø 6 mm 500 6361 95 Insulated plastic rivets Ø 6 mm 50 0367 01 Cable retainer 50 0367 02 Label holder (clips to finger) 1 0367 10 Tool for cutting 6 mm reinforcement bar Linafix fixing accessory 20 Material : polyamide 6/6 For fixing ducting to enclosure duct 0366 42 Fits under warning lights or other auxiliary controls attached to door.Lina 25® open slot cable ducting PVC Transcab® and Lina 25® accessories 0367 01 Cable retainer 6360 17 0367 10 Reinforcement bar cutting tool 6360 13 0367 02 Label holder 0361 95 Rivet Dimensions and technical information (p. Nos.30 mm 1 0366 39 Ø 30 mm 18 . 300) Accessories (opposite) Conforms to EN 50085 Parts 2 and 3. once the reinforcement bar is removed Reinforcement bar provides not only rigidity but also an anchor for cable ties Cover clips easily into position and remains firmly in place Additional accessories enable faster fixing and marking Lina 25 plastic cable ducting Pack Cat. UL and CSA Material : PVC Colour : grey RAL 7030 with white strips on the cover Metric size body in 2 metre lengths (6 mm gap/6·5 mm finger width) DIN fixing centres of 12·5/25 mm Maximum space for cables with good heat dissipation Exit cables at terminal or base level Pre-scored base enables the ducting to be snapped to length. Metres per pack Length 2m Width x Height (mm) Capacity (mm2) 60 56 56 48 32 40 32 24 6360 00 6360 01 6360 02 6360 07 6360 12 6360 08 6360 13 6360 17 25 x 25 25 x 40 25 x 60 40 x 60 60 x 60 40 x 80 60 x 80 80 x 80 391 720 1 159 2 007 3 115 2 717 4 216 5 716 Pack Cat.

8 6 mm 4 12. No. No. 6361 01 Cat.5 1 Clip out the required section width reinforcement bars and snap out section 2 Form tee section and fix into place 3 Ready for wiring – cut cover to suit 300 3 . 6361 08 Cat.25 8 6. 6361 16 4. No.5 25 8960 2 . 6361 11 Cat.5 Width 25 to 60 mm 3354 3000 2717 2000 1000 730 460 300 12. with a capacity of 3 115 mm2 Faster base build without a saw 6.5 25 Width 80 to 120 mm The correct cable ducting is Cat. Lina 25 Cat. No.5 25 12. No.5 25 4.5 6. 6361 05 Cat. 6361 13 Cat.5 12.5 1 2 12.5 Cat.5 Remove reinforcement bars at required length and break ‘T’ junctions made easy 12. 6361 02 720 692 391 Cat.5 12. 6361 17 4216 4200 25 2 m 75 0.5 6000 5716 2 000 1 950 Cat. No. No. Nos. 6361 07 2008 1932 1246 1159 Cat. No. No. No.Transcab® and Lina 25® open slot cable ducting ■ Dimensions C B D A Ducting width 25 to 120 mm 6 mm gap – 6·5 mm finger width ■ Detail of base perforations Transcab Cat. No.5 A (mm) 4m m2 C 6 1.5 9000 8730 2 1 950 12. 6361 12. 5216 5000 8 14 12. 6361 00 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 Number of conductors Example : 150 conductors 0·75 mm2 → 1 230 mm2 cross-section and 120 conductors 1·5 mm2 → 1 700 mm2 cross-section Makes a total of 2 930 mm2 2 000 1 950 m Cat. 6361 00 6361 01 6361 06 6361 11 6361 02 6361 07 6361 12 6361 16 6361 20 6361 03 6361 08 6361 13 6361 17 6361 21 6361 25 6361 14 6361 22 6361 23 6360 00 6360 01 B (mm) C (mm) D (mm) 25 25 40 60 25 40 60 80 100 25 40 60 80 100 120 60 100 150 25 40 40 60 60 60 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 80 80 100 100 100 6 5 10 – 6 10 10 10 – – 10 10 10 – – – – – 10·1 12·6 12·6 16·1 16·1 16·1 16·1 16·1 16·1 18·6 18·6 18·6 18·6 18·6 18·6 20·6 20·6 20·6 6360 02 6360 07 6360 12 6360 08 6360 13 6360 17 Calculating the ducting usable cross-section Graph for H 05 V-K and H 07 V-K cables with 0·75 packing coefficient 2 000 8 Usable 2 cross-section (mm ) 50 7079 2 2 m2 mm m 1 7000 1 . No.5 6. 0362 25 8000 mm Width 15 mm 12. No. 6361 12 Cat.5 3115 Cat. 60 x 60.5 4.5 10 mm2 6. Nos.

strips.320 x 1. Cat.75 blue 2x1 red . 1 Ferrules 0376 92 0376 39 Provide an equipotential link for all the strands of a flexible conductor Active part in tinned electrolytic copper Conform to NF C 63-023 Single ferrules (in strips) 500 500 480 480 1 000 1 000 1 000 250 250 0376 43 1 0376 10 1 0376 97 Cut and carry out 4-point crimping of ferrules from 0. No. 05 white . crimping at end Right or left-handed Starfix clamp for 10 to 50 mm2 cross-section 1 0376 92 Assorted kit.1 Starfix crimping tool.5 2.10 individual ferrules 35 mm2 .240 x 1 mm2 ferrules .120 x 0. Supplied with : . 0376 09 3 000 3 000 3 000 3 000 2 500 Cat.5 mm2 ferrules Starfix crimping tool for 4 and 6 mm2 cross-sections Fitted with an adjustment wheel Supplied complete with empty applicator Starfix S multi-purpose crimping tool for 0. 15 black .75 1 1.25 to 6 mm2 in one operation Recommended for spring connections Dedicated applicator for each crimping tool for dispensing strips Starfix crimping tool for 0. 0376 09 with empty applicator fitted . Nos.5 to 2 . NEW 0376 50 0376 60 0376 61 0376 62 0376 63 0376 64 0376 66 0376 67 0376 68 100 100 50 0376 69 0376 70 0376 71 100 100 100 100 0376 87 0376 88 0376 89 0376 90 Ferrules with insulating flange Pack For cables cross-section (mm²) Colour Strips 0.10 individual ferrules 50 mm2 301 . 25 grey 4 orange 6 green Single ferrules (individual) 10 brown 16 white 25 black Double ferrules 2 x 0. twists.25 to 6 mm2 NEW Recommended for spring connections 0376 06 Crimping tool with disengageable control system.5 mm2 ferrules . 0 75 blue 1 red .34 mm2 cross-sections Supplied with empty applicator fitted Starfix crimping tool for 0. No.5 mm2 ferrules . comprising : . Nos.20 individual ferrules 16 mm2 .5 mm2 cross-sections Fitted with an adjustment wheel Supplied with empty applicator fitted Assorted kit.120 x 0.15 individual ferrules 25 mm2 .30 individual ferrules 10 mm2 .25 turquoise 0.200 x 2.1 tool with crimping operation control system for individual ferrules 10 to 50 mm2 . 2x15 black . crimps Supplied complete with 5 empty applicators For left and right-handed usage Crimping tool for single and double ferrules Number of ferrules per strip 300 300 300 300 250 Crimping tools for ferrules in strips 1 Starfix crimping tool for 0.5 mm2 cross-sections Tool cuts.25 to 6 mm2 cross-sections For 4-point crimping of ferrules from 0.Starfix® ferrules and crimping tools 0376 50 0376 87 0376 66 Adjustable cross-section 0376 09 + refill 0376 43 0376 06 Pack Cat.5 White Blue Red Black Grey NEW 0376 08 1 0376 09 1 0376 39 NEW Large capacity for less frequent applicator reloading Translucent packaging For direct mounting on crimping tool Cat.5 0. 2x25 grey 10 12 12 12 25 25 25 10 10 50 40 40 40 40 40 40 25 25 Large capacity Starfix refills Cross-section Colour (mm2) 0376 41 0376 42 0376 43 0376 44 0376 45 0.5 to 2 .34 green . 25 and 0.75 mm2 ferrules .

1 1.5 0.75 1 1.3 7.4 3.5 0376 66 0376 45 0376 47 0376 84 Cat.4 3. C Pack 0376 50 0376 60 0376 61 0376 62 0376 63 0376 64 0376 66 0376 67 0376 68 0376 69 0376 70 0376 71 0376 87 0376 88 0376 89 0376 90 Cross-section (mm2) 2 x 0.5 E A Colour 0.34 yellow 0. Nos.6 4. Nos.7 7.4 3. 0376 08/09/10/97 For ferrules cross-section (mm²) For ferrules cross-section (mm²) 0.6 3.5 4 6 10 16 25 n Dimensions (mm) Example of single/double ferrules on cables Single ferrules Example of different cables and ferrules C D B A Example of use with Viking 3 terminals NEW 10 10 10 0376 46 0376 47 0376 48 5 5 5 5 5 0376 80 0376 81 0376 82 0376 83 0376 84 Starfix applicators For Starfix crimping tool For dispensing strips of ferrules in Starfix crimping tools Cat.8 12 Double ferrules Cat.5 0376 61 0376 41 0376 47 0376 80 0.1 9.5 0376 63 0376 43 0376 47 0376 82 0376 64 0376 44 0376 47 0376 83 2.5 14.75 (1) 1(1) 1.5 to 2.2 8.5 21 23 21 29 31 1.75 2x1 2 x 1.5 1.2 4.1 2. D Cat. Nos.5 0.8 5.6 3.5 1.3 4 4.7 2 2.35 2.Starfix® applicators Starfix® applicators n Correspondance table Cross-section (mm2) 0376 47 0376 81 Ferrule Single ferrule Large capacity ferrule .5 2.5 2 x 2.1 4.2 3.9 6.5 A B C D E 8 8 8 10 15 15 16 18.1 1.3 6 6 7.25 0.5 red 4 and 6 orange For Starfix S multi-purpose crimping tool For dispensing colour-coded strips of ferrules Removable transparent cover 0376 41 0376 42 0376 43 0376 44 0376 45 A B C D 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 18 18 14.refills Starfix applicator Starfix S applicator 0.5 14.5 14.5 2.34 0.9 3 3 3.5 2. Nos.5 14.5 14.8 B Colour white blue red black grey n Starfix usage example 1 Fit the applicator 2 Adjust 3 Insert the cable 4 Crimp The 2 material handle gives an excellent grip n Starfix S usage example Starfix S tool (1) If Tri-rated use one size larger applicator 302 1 Adjust the cross-section 2 Strip and twist 3 Crimp .9 4.5 14. Cross-section (mm2) 0.75 0376 62 0376 42 0376 47 0376 81 1 1.25 and 0.2 8.

240 0381 60 240 0381 61 240 0381 62 240 0381 63 Markers for cables 1. Nos. 305) Pack 1 000 1 000 1 000 Cat. Blank markers Displayed by sheet of 100 pre-cut markers Manual marking or via Logicab 2 0395 00 For blocks 5 mm width 0395 01 For blocks 6 mm width 0395 02 For blocks 8 mm width Numbers 1 000 0395 05 1 000 0395 06 1 000 0395 09 1 000 0395 10 Horizontal format Width of 5 mm From 1 to 10 (10 times) From 11 to 20 (10 times) From 1 to 50 (2 times) From 1 to 100 1 000 0395 15 1 000 0395 16 1 000 0395 19 1 000 0395 20 1 000 0395 21 Width of 6 mm From 1 to 10 (10 times) From 11 to 20 (10 times) From 1 to 50 (2 times) From 1 to 100 From 101 to 200 Black felt tip pen 10 Pack Cat.marking system CAB 3® marking system for Viking 3 terminal blocks for cables and Viking 3 terminal blocks Another image needed 0395 20 0395 05 on Viking 3 terminal blocks 0395 98 Same markers for cable and terminal blocks Strips of 20 markers For cables or Viking 3 terminal blocks Technical information (p. Nos.5 mm2 cross-section and terminal blocks Numbers : black on white background (available in black on yellow background on request) 01 to 20 21 to 40 41 to 60 61 to 80 0395 98 Permanent marker 303 .5 to 2.

CAB 3® marking system

for cables and Viking 3 terminal blocks

0382 12

Perfect alignment of markers

Pack(1)

Markers for cables 0.15 to 0.5 mm2
and 0.5 to 1.5 mm2 cross-section
and terminal blocks

Cat. Nos.

On Viking 3 terminal blocks
- 4 markers 0.15 to 0.5 mm2 max.
- 3 markers 0.15 to 1.5 mm2 max.

0.15 to 0.52 0.5 to 1.52 Digits : international colour code
1 000 1 200 0381 00 0382 10
0
Black
1 000 1 200 0381 01 0382 11
1
Brown
1 000 1 200 0381 02 0382 12
2
Red
0381 06
1 000 1 200 0381 03 0382 13
3
Orange
1 000 1 200 0381 04 0382 14
4
Yellow
1 000 1 200 0381 05 0382 15
5
Green
1 000 1 200 0381 06 0382 16
6
Blue
1 000 1 200 0381 07 0382 17
7
Purple
1 000 1 200 0381 08 0382 18
8
Grey
1 000 1 200 0381 09 0382 19
9
White

Letters : black on yellow background
300
0381 10 0383 00
A
300
0381 11 0383 01
B
300
0381 12 0383 02 C
300
0381 13 0383 03 D
300
0381 14 0383 04
E
300
0381 15 0383 05
F
300
0381 16 0383 06 G
300
0381 17 0383 07 H
300
0381 18 0383 08
I
300
0381 19 0383 09
J
300
0381 20 0383 10
K
300
0381 21 0383 11
L
300
0381 22 0383 12 M
0383 17
300
0381 23 0383 13 N
300
0381 24 0383 14 O
300
0381 25 0383 15
P
0381 28
300
0381 26 0383 16 Q
300
0381 27 0383 17
R
300
0381 28 0383 18
S
300
0381 29 0383 19
T
300
0381 30 0383 20 U
300
0381 31 0383 21
V
300
0381 32 0383 22 W
300
0381 33 0383 23
X
300
0381 34 0383 24
Y
300
0381 35 0383 25
Z

Conventional symbols : black on yellow
background
300
0381 40 0382 70
/
300
0381 41 0382 71

0382 72
300
0381 42 0382 72
+
300
0381 43 0382 73

300
0381 44 0382 74 ±
300
0382 75 =
300
0382 76 T
0381 43

(1) Up to 0.5 mm2: strips of 25 markers
From 0.5 mm2 to 2.5 mm2: strips of 30 markers
Upper 2.5 mm2: strips of 20 markers
Price per marker

304

Terminal block with CAB 3 markers and label holders

Pack(1)

Cat. Nos.

Markers for cables 1.5 to 2.5 mm2
and 4 to 6 mm2 cross-section

1.5 to 2.52
4 to 62
Digits : international colour code
0382 20 0382 30
0
Black
0382 21 0382 31
1
Brown
0382 22 0382 32
2
Red
0382 32
0382 23 0382 33
3
Orange
0382 24 0382 34
4
Yellow
0382 25 0382 35
5
Green
0382 26 0382 36
6
Blue
0382 26
0382 27 0382 37
7
Purple
0382 28 0382 38
8
Grey
0382 29 0382 39
9
White

Letters : black on yellow background
300
0383 30 0383 60
A
300
0383 31 0383 61
B
300
0383 32 0383 62 C
300
0383 33 0383 63 D
300
0383 34 0383 64
E
300
0383 35 0383 65
F
300
0383 36 0383 66 G
300
0383 37 0383 67 H
300
0383 38 0383 68
I
300
0383 39 0383 69
J
300
0383 40 0383 70
K
300
0383 41 0383 71
L
300
0383 42 0383 72 M
300
0383 43 0383 73 N
300
0383 44 0383 74 O
0383 46
300
0383 45 0383 75
P
300
0383 46 0383 76 Q
300
0383 47 0383 77
R
300
0383 48 0383 78
S
0383 79
300
0383 49 0383 79
T
300
0383 50 0383 80 U
300
0383 51 0383 81
V
300
0383 52 0383 82 W
300
0383 53 0383 83
X
300
0383 54 0383 84
Y
300
0383 55 0383 85
Z

Conventional symbols : black on yellow
background
300
0382 80 0382 90
/
300
0382 81 0382 91

300
0382 82 0382 92
+
0382 82
300
0382 83 0382 93

300
0382 84 0382 94 ±
300
0382 85 0382 95 =
300
0382 86 0382 96 T
0382 94

1 200
1 200
1 200
1 200
1 200
1 200
1 200
1 200
1 200
1 200

800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800

CAB 3® marking system

CAB 3® marking system

accessories

for cables and Viking 3 terminal blocks

n Dimensions
Markers
Polyamide 6/6
A

0384 92

0383 92 +
CAB 3 markers

B

0384 90

Cable cross-section (mm )
0.15 to 0.5 0.5 to 1.5 1.5 to 2.5 4 to 6
5
5
5.6
8
2

Dimensions

A (mm)

D

5.05
3.7

B (mm)
C (mm)

2.3

3

0.8/2.2

2.2/3

D (mm)
C

Ø min./max. (mm)

6.4
4.3

7.6
4.9

9.6
7.1

3

3

2.8/3.8

4.3/5.3

Marker holders
Cat. No. 0384 90

Cat. No. 0384 91

Cat. No. 0384 92
·3

26
6·3

2

0383 97

·3
B

26

C

0382 00
Cat. Nos.

100
0384 90
50
0384 91

50
0384 92

100
0383 92




CAB 3 accessories
Marker holders
For cables cross-section from 10 mm2 to 70 mm2
Capacity :
8 digits, letters or symbols markers from 0.5 to
1.5 mm2 or 1.5 to 2.5 mm2 cross section
Black, cross-section (mm2)
10 to 16
25 to 35
50 to 70
Support for markers
Can be clipped on to Viking 3 terminal blocks
Capacity :
7 markers from 0.15 to 0.5 mm2
6 markers from 0.5 to 1.5 mm2
Transparent applicators
For rapid selection and application of markers on to
cable
For markers
cross-section (mm2)

Applicator colour for
identification of cross-section

10
0383 94 0.15 to 0.5
CAB 3
10
0383 95 0.5 to 1.5
CAB 3
10
0383 96 1.5 to 2.5
CAB 3
10
0383 97
4 to 6
CAB 3

Set of markers

1
0382 01 0.15 to 0.5 mm2 : 2 500 markers
+ 10 applicators (250 digits from 0 to 9)

1
0382 02 0.5 to 1.5 mm2 : 3 000 markers
+ 10 applicators (300 digits from 0 to 9)

1
0382 03 1.5 to 2.5 mm2 : 3 000 markers
+ 10 applicators (300 digits from 0 to 9)

1
0382 04 4 to 6 mm2 : 2 000 markers
+ 10 applicators (200 digits from 0 to 9)

On-site toolbox

1
0382 00 With removable tray for CAB 3 markers and
applicators, Starfix ferrules etc.
Height 85 mm, depth 280 mm, width 450 mm
Metal, padlockable

Dim.

Section of cable for marking (mm )
10 to 16
25 to 35
50 to 70
A (mm)
18
24.3
27.2
B (mm)
8.9
12.2
17.2
C (mm)

2

7

7

10

Support for markers Cat. No. 0383 92
On cable with marker holder
Cat. No. 0384 92

18

10·7

Pack

5

n Characteristics and dimensions of on-site toolbox
Cat. No. 0382 00

280

D

Bottom tray consists of :
• 8 medium slots
(each slot takes 1 box of CAB 3)
• 1 large slot
Top tray consists of :
• 12 small slots (<=> approx.
6 boxes of CAB 3)
• 1 medium slot for applicators
Capacity : approx. 15 000 CAB 3 markers

450
85

On terminal blocks,
with label holder
Cat. No. 0383 92

On heavy duty terminal blocks

305

Colson® cable ties

Colring® cable ties

0319 16

0320 15/37/22/24

0319 55

0319 50

0320 42 supplied
in blister pack

0320 65

0319 96

0320 72

0320 70

0320 88

Technical information (p. 307)

Technical information (p. 307)
Pack

Cat. Nos.

Colring cable ties with internal teeth

Pack

Cat. Nos.

Blister packing

1000/10000
1000/10000
1000/6000
1000
1000
100/2000
100
1000/4000
100/2000

0320 30
0320 31
0320 32
0320 37
0320 38
0320 39
0320 40
0320 42
0320 43

Width
(mm)

Flat length
(mm)

Max. Ø grip
capacity
(mm)

Min. Ø grip
capacity
(mm)

Weight
(g)

2·4
2·4
2·4
3·5
3·5
3·5
3·5
4·6
4·6

95
140
180
140
180
280
360
180
280

18
33
46
33
46
77
102
46
77

1·6
1·6
1·6
1·6
1·6
1·6
1·6
1·6
1·6

0·26
0·37
0·47
0·57
0·73
1·13
1·46
1·20
1·88

100/1000
100/1000
100/1000
100/500
100
100
100/1000

0319 13
0319 16
0319 19
0319 20
0319 21
0319 22
0319 25

100
100
100
100

0320 12
0320 15
0320 22
0320 24

Width
(mm)

Flat length
(mm)

Max. Ø grip
capacity
(mm)

Min. Ø grip
capacity
(mm)

Weight
(g)

9
9
9
9
9
6
6

185
265
355
500
750
119
180

42
62
92
140
220
25
45

10
26
26
74
74
4
10

3·2
4·7
6·9
12·7
16·9
1·6
2·0

Accessories

Polyamide 6/6 black
High temperature
UV protected
Blister packing
2·4
95
3·5
140
4·6
180
360
4·6

Colson cable ties
Ultra-violet (U.V.) resistant cable ties
External teeth
Black polyamide 12

Polyamide 6/6 colourless

Black

100

18
33
46
102

1·6
1·6
1·6
1·6

0·26
0·57
1·20
2·38

Screw-on base for ties max. width 9 mm

0319 50 Height : 12 mm for cartridge-fired stud and rag-bolt
Ø 6·35 and 7 and countersunk screws Ø 5 mm
Wall plug bases Ø 8 mm drilling

100/1000

0319 55 Standard
Tool for Colson cable ties

Accessories
Self-adhesive bases
100/2000

For ties up to 4·6 mm max. width
0320 65 Colourless
Screw mounting bases

1000
100

0320 70 For ties 4·6 mm max. width
Central fixing (screw Ø 4 mm)
0320 72 For ties all widths
Central fixing (screw Ø 5 mm)
Tool for Colring cable ties
Max. width 4·6 mm
Direct adjustment of clamping tension by using
the milled screw at the base of the handle
After clamping, a blade automatically cuts the
surplus length close to the head without leaving
a burr

1

306

0320 88 P 46 tool for cable ties max. width 4·6 mm

1/10

0319 96 Black and red finish
Allows tightening and trimming of Colson ties

V. < 5 % Flame retardancy : UL 94 HB 0·50 18 8·0 0·50 20 8·0 0·50 20 8·0 0·50 20 13·0 Colson traceability Each Colson cable tie can be identified. petroleum products. 0319 55 Cat. 20 % Corrosiveness of fumes : NFC 20-453. so that you can always be sure you are using a genuine Colson 0320 38 0·50 20 13·0 Tensile strength (according to EN 50146) 0320 39 0·50 20 13·0 0·50 20 13·0 0·50 20 22·0 0·50 20 22·0 0·50 20 22·0 0320 31 0320 32 0320 37 0320 15 0320 40 0320 42 0320 22 0320 43 0320 24 Test conditions • Temperature 23 °C • Relative humidity of air 50 % • Traction speed 25·4 mm/mn • Time of flame application : 10 sec Quality of tensile strength ■ Dimensions Accessories for Colring Cat. No. strength (daN) 4 20 36 5 26 53 0319 19 5 26 53 0319 20 5·5 74 53 0319 21 5·5 74 53 0319 22 4 20 22 0319 25 4 20 22 Cat. 0319 50 Ø 15 9·5 14 37 6·5 Ø 10 12 18 18·5 10 21·5 Ø5 43·5 9·2 307 . sensitive to mineral acids and no resistance to phenol Cable ties Polyamide 6/6 Tensile strength Max.V.assembly –10 °C 0 °C –30 °C Humidity absorbtion(2) Constant high quality Colson Type tests • Raw material test • Product test on the production line and in the laboratory • Packaging test Resistance to external agents Resistance to rain • Good resistance to oils. No.all cable ties ■ Technical data . No. guaranteed U.20.Colson Conform to EN 50146 Type Colring colourless(4) Colring black(4) Colson black UV protection no yes yes Polyamide material 6/6 6/6 12 internal or external internal external Teeth Halogen free(1) yes yes yes 2·5 % 2·5 % <0·7 % . rachet According to EN 50146 force max Black Min. saline mist and diluted acids • Humidity absorption: ≤ 0·7% Resistance to low temperatures Resistance to sun • Assembly –30 °C • Fitted –40 °C Maximum temperatures : • 85 °C continuous • 100 °C @ 1000 hrs • UV resistant Operating temperature Resistance to low tempratures Flame retardancy UL 94 V2 UL 94 V2 UL 94 HB Oxygen index (LOI) (EN ISO 4589-1/ASTM D 2863-00) 28·5 % 26 % 20 % Self-extinguishing(3) 850 °C 850 °C 650 °C (1) Conform to Class I ASTM D 4066 (Class 2 for Colring black) (2) Conform to ISO 62 (EH 0-23 °C (3) Conform to IEC 60695-2-12 for Colring.Colring® and Colson® cable ties ■ Technical data . greases and petroleum products Limited resistance to acids. greases. ratchet force max (daN) 0319 13 0319 16 10 5 Cat.Colring Good resistance to bases. protected 0320 30 0320 12 Colson approvals Oxygen index : EN ISO 4589-1 and ASTM D 2863-00. No. SAE-AS 33671 ■ Technical data . protected strength (mm) (daN) Colourless Non U. No.fitted –15 °C –15 °C –40 °C . (daN) High temperature Test dia.000 hrs 100 °C 120 °C 100 °C . underlining Legrand’s commitment to the consumer. oils.000 hrs 85 °C 105 °C 85 °C . (mm) According to EN 50146 Min.Tensile strength Test dia. 0320 72 9·5 Ø 5·2 Diagram (B) .1. Nos. (B) 4 21 (A) 16·5 F (d aN) Accessories for Colson Cat. IEC 60695-2-11 for Colson (4) Conform to UL 1565. 0320 65 30 6 5 4·2 15 25 2·4 Ø 4·2 2 Diagram (A) Max. 0320 70 6 8·8 Cat.

314 Panel and surface mounting sockets LV 16 to 125 A 059219-20913m. 329 Panel and surface mounting sockets LV 16 and 32 A P 17 Tempra® IP 66/67 P. 324 IP 44 combined units 16 to 63 A P 17 Tempra® IP 44 P. 325) 308 Clang® heavy duty trailer plugs and sockets (p. 338) .eps Hypra® combined units P.Hypra® IP 44 P. 329 Panel and surface mounting sockets LV 16 to 125 A P 17 Tempra® self assembly combined units P. 338 NEW Heavy duty 24 V plugs NEW IN 2010 Hypra® IP 66/67-55 combined units with interlocked switched socket (p. 312 Panel and surface mounting sockets LV 16 A Hypra® IP 66/67-55 IP 66/67 Industrial plugs. 310 Panel and surface mounting sockets ELV 16 A and LV 16 to 63 A Hypra® Prisinter IP 44/55 P. 335 Self-assembly IP 44 and IP 55 LV 16 and 32 A Clang® heavy duty trailer plugs and sockets P. sockets and combined units P.

314 Panel and surface mounting appliance inlets LV 16 to 125 A P. 313 Panel and surface mounting sockets LV 32 to 63 A P.eps P. 310 Straight and angled plugs ELV 16 A and LV 16 to 63 A P. 314 Mobile sockets LV 16 to 125 A P. 326 Dimensions P.eps as0520 46 P.eps P. 329 Straight plugs LV 16 to 125 A P. 329 Mobile sockets LV 16 and 32 A P.eps 309 . 338 NEW Heavy duty 24 V sockets 68528a. 329 Appliance inlets LV 16 and 32 A P.eps 68528a. 317 Dimensions 68528a.eps P. 315 Dimensions P. 325 NEW IP 66/67-55 combined units LV 16 to 63 A P. 325 Undrilled empty boxes with window P. 329 Mobile sockets LV 16 to 125 A P. 340 Plugs and sockets pin configurations 68528a. 314 Straight plugs LV 16 to 125 A 68528a. 339 Dimensions P.eps 68528a.eps P. 332 Dimensions 68528a. 336 Dimensions 68528a. 311 Panel and surface mounting appliance inlets LV 16 to 63 A P. 315 Dimensions 68528a. 330 Dimensions as0520 46 P. 329 Straight plugs LV 16 and 32 A P.eps P.as052541 P.

315-323) Panel mounting sockets inclined ELV 20 to 25 V 50/60 Hz = 20 to 50 V D. please refer to our current Legrand trade price list 310 0520 72 0520 62 0521 52 . BS EN 60309-2. for surface mounting units For pack quantities. please contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333 (1) 70 x 70 mm fixing centres (2) Order both Cat. IEC 60309-1 and IEC 60309-2 IP 44 according to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529 IK 09 plastic and rubber IK 10 metal according to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 Self-extinguishing : 850 °C for insulated parts (960 °C for Prisinter) 650 °C for housing conforms to BS EN 60695-2-10 and IEC 60695-2-10 Temp.C. METAL (1) PLASTIC MODULAR PLASTIC Surface mounting sockets inclined(2) METAL PLASTIC 2P – 0524 01 – – 3P – 0524 02 – – 0524 01+ 0524 19 0524 02+ 0524 19 16 A 2 P – 0524 05 – – 0524 05+ 0524 19 16 A Through wiring surface mounting sockets(2) Straight plugs Angled plugs PLASTIC PLASTIC RUBBER METAL PLASTIC RUBBER – 0524 21 – – – 0524 41 – 0524 22 – – – 0524 42 – 0524 25 – – – – – – – LV 100 to 130 V 50/60 Hz T 2P+T 3P+T 16 A 2 P + 16 A 200 to 250 V 3P+N+ 50/60 Hz T T 3P+T 3P+T 2P+ 32 A 16 A 3P+N+ 380 to 415 V 50/60 Hz 3P+ 32 A T 3P+N+ 3P+ 63 A T T T 3P+N+ T 0519 30 0519 20 0519 19 0519 30+ 0519 20+ 0520 39 0520 29 0519 20+ 0520 89 0519 40 – 0520 32 0520 22 0520 18 – 0520 23 0520 19 0520 43 – – – – – 0520 24 – 0520 22+ 0520 89 0520 23+ 0522 89 0520 24+ 0522 89 0520 42 – 0520 32+ 0520 22+ 0520 39 0520 29 0520 23+ – 0522 29 0520 24+ – 0522 29 0520 44 – – – – 0527 32 – 0527 18 – – 0527 19 0527 18+ 0529 90 0527 19+ 0529 90 0527 42 – 0527 32+ 0527 18+ 0529 39 0529 40 0527 19+ – 0529 40 0527 43 – 0522 33+ 0522 39 0522 34+ 0522 39 0529 33+ 0529 39 0529 34+ 0529 39 0522 23+ 0522 89 0522 24+ 0522 89 0529 19+ 0529 90 0529 20+ 0529 90 0522 43 – 0522 44 0522 54 0529 43 0529 53 0529 44 0529 54 0522 33 0522 23 0522 19 0522 34 0522 24 0522 20 0529 33 – 0529 19 0529 34 – 0529 20 0522 23+ 0522 29 0522 24+ 0522 29 0529 19+ 0529 40 0529 20+ 0529 40 0527 72 0527 62 – – – – 0522 73 0522 63 0521 53 0522 74 0522 64 – – 0529 63 0528 53 0529 74 0529 64 – 0538 33 0538 23 – 0537 33 – – 0538 43 – 0538 73 – – 0538 34 0538 24 – 0537 34 0537 24 – 0538 44 – 0538 74 – – For voltages/arrangements not listed in this table.20 °C for Prisinter) Technical information and dimensions (p. rating : –50 °C to +100 °C (.Hypra® IP 44 metal. plastic and rubber plugs and sockets ELV 16 A and LV 16/32/63 A Conform to : BS EN 60309-1. Nos.

Hypra® IP 44/55 Prisinter LV 16/32/63 A (Supplied without cover) Mobile sockets Panel appliance inlets Prisinter(2) Surface mounting appliance inlets(1) Panel mounting sockets PLASTIC RUBBER METAL PLASTIC METAL PLASTIC METAL 0524 61 – – – – – – – – – – – – – 0524 85 – – – – 0519 70 PLASTIC Surface mounting sockets(1) Auxiliary c/o contact microswitch METAL PLASTIC – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 0519 10 – 0519 10+ 0520 49 0521 96 0521 96(3) 0519 80 – 0520 82 0520 92 0521 62 0521 72 0521 62+ 0520 69 – – 0520 02 0520 12+ 0520 59 0520 83 – – – – – – 0520 03 – – 0520 94 – – – – – 0520 04 – 0527 82 0527 92 0528 62 0528 72 0528 62+ 0529 69 0528 72+ 0529 79 – 0527 02 – 0527 83 – – – – – – 0527 03 0527 13+ 0522 59 0520 02+ 0520 49 0520 03+ 0520 49 0520 04+ 0522 49 0527 02+ 0529 49 0527 03+ 0529 49 0522 83 0522 93 0521 63 0521 73 0521 63+ 0522 69 0522 13 0522 03 0522 84 0522 94 – 0521 74 – 0522 14 0522 04 0529 83 0529 93 0528 63 0528 73 0529 13 0529 03 0529 84 0529 94 0528 64 0528 74 0528 63+ 0529 69 0528 64+ 0529 69 0521 73+ 0522 79 0521 74+ 0522 79 0528 73+ 0529 79 0528 74+ 0529 79 0529 14 0529 04 0538 83 – 0537 63 – – – 0538 00 0536 03 0538 84 – 0537 64 0537 74 – 0538 74+ 0538 79 0538 01 0536 04 0522 13+ 0520 59 0522 14+ 0529 59 0529 13+ 0522 59 0529 14+ 0522 59 0538 00+ 0538 09 0538 01+ 0538 09 0522 03+ 0520 49 0522 04+ 0522 49 0529 03+ 0529 49 0529 04+ 0529 49 0536 03+ 0537 49 0536 04+ 0537 49 0521 96(3) 0521 96(3) 0521 96(3) 0521 96(3) 0521 96(3) 0521 96(3) 0521 96(3) 0521 96(3) 0521 96(3) 0521 96(3) ACCESSORIES Appliance inlet covers Appliance inlet covers(4) Conform to BS EN 60309-1. No. rating : –15 °C to +40 °C T T 32 A 3P+ T T 3P+N+ T 3P+T T T 2P+ 63 A and 125 A T IEC 2 P + T plug – 13 A 2 P + T B. 10 0521 25 – 5 0521 26 – 5 0521 27 – 5 0521 27 – 5 0521 27 – 5 0527 99 – 5 0536 99 – 5 0536 99 – 5 0536 99 – – Pack 10 Cat. 352 (3) Late make early break c/o contact for LV only : (for ELV please contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333) (4) See p. Nos. 322 for dimensions 311 . IEC 60309-1 and IEC 60309-2 Material : Rubber Self-extinguishing : 650 °C Temp. for surface mounting units (2) Index of protection and switching capacity. Nos. socket 3P+N+ 16 A – 230 V Adaptor Pack Cat. IEC 60309-1 and IEC 60309-2 Self-extinguishing : 850 °C Temp. 0521 01 (1) Order both Cat. see p. rating : –20 °C to +40 °C 2P+ 16 A 3P+ 3P+N+ 2P+ Adaptor(4) Conform to BS EN 60309-1.S. BS EN 60309-2. BS EN 60309-2.

LV 16 A Prisinter .interlocked switched sockets 0522 13 0520 02 0522 49 Technical information and dimensions (p. Prisinter panel mounting sockets 1 Load break disconnect at the push of the button Accepts Ø 6 mm padlock with cover closed Terminals accept 1·5 mm2 to 4 mm2 rigid cable (BS EN 60309-1 and IEC 60309-1) Possibility to fit 2 auxiliary C/O contacts Cat. Surface mounting boxes Reversible entry box with 3 x M20 entries with 2 blanking plugs plus rear knockout entries Metal 1 1 Plastic T T T 0520 49 For 2 P + / 3 P + sockets 0529 59 0522 49 For 3 P + N + sockets . Nos.Hypra® IP 44/55 . Nos. 315) IP 44 when plug inserted IP 55 with cover closed or used with IP 66/67-55 angled plugs Stainless steel screws Pack Cat. 0521 96 Plastic 100/130 V 0519 10 2 P + 1 1 1 0520 04 3 P + N + Metal T 0520 02 2 P + T 0520 03 3 P + T ± 200/250 V± T ± 380/415 V 1 1 312 T T 0522 13 0522 03 3 P + 0522 14 0522 04 3 P + N + Pack Cat. Nos.

Nos.interlocked switched sockets Prisinter 0529 04 + 0529 49 0538 00 + 0538 09 Technical information and dimensions (p.1) 200/250 V 2P+ T ± T / 3 P + N + T sockets Rubber/Plastic 1 0537 07 Load break disconnect at the push of the button. 0521 96 Metal Plastic 380/415 V 0538 00 0536 03 3 P + 0538 01 0536 04 3 P + N + T T ± Surface mounting boxes Surface mounting boxes Reversible entry box with 2 x M32 and 1 x M20 entries with 1 x M32 and 1 x M20 blanking plugs Reversible entry box with 2 x M25 and 1 x M20 entries with 1 x M25 and 1 x M20 blanking plugs plus rear knockout entries Metal 1 Plastic 0522 59 0529 49 For 2 P + T / 3 P + T / 3 P + N + T sockets Metal 1 Plastic 0538 09 0537 49 For 3 P + Prisinter mobile socket Prisinter mobile socket Rubber/Plastic 1 0527 05 Load break disconnect at the push of the button. 315) Technical information and dimensions (p. Nos.interlocked switched sockets 0529 13 xxxxxxxx . Nos. at the end of an extension lead Accepts Ø 6 mm padlock with cover closed Terminals accept 2·5 mm2 to 6 mm2 flexible cable (IEC 60309. 315) IP 44 when plug inserted IP 55 with cover closed or used with IP 66/67-55 angled plugs IP 44 when plug inserted IP 55 with cover closed or used with IP 66/67-55 angled plugs Pack Cat. 0521 96 200/250 V 2P+ 3P+ 380/415 V 3P+ 3P+N+ TT T T Pack ± ± 1 1 Cat.LV 63 A Prisinter . Prisinter panel mounting sockets Load break disconnect at the push of the button Accepts 3 x Ø 8 mm padlocks with cover closed IP 2x protection against direct contact Terminals accept 6 mm2 to 25 mm2 rigid cable Possibility to fit 2 auxiliary C/O contacts Cat. Metal 1 1 Plastic 0527 02 0527 03 1 1 0529 13 0529 03 0529 14 0529 04 Prisinter panel mounting sockets Load break disconnect at the push of the button Accepts Ø 6 mm padlock with cover closed Terminals accept 2·5 mm2 to 10 mm2 rigid cable (BS EN 60309-1 and IEC 60309-1) Possibility to fit 2 auxiliary C/O contacts Cat. at the end of an extension lead Accepts 3 x Ø 8 mm padlocks with cover closed Terminals accept 6 mm2 to 16 mm2 flexible cable 380/415 V 3P+N+ T ± 313 .Hypra® IP 44/55 .LV 32 A ® Hypraexemple pour IP 44/55 : xxxxxxx . Nos.

Nos. rating : . 32.LV 16. 63 AND 125 A Conform to : BS EN 60309-1. BS 60309-2.Hypra IP 66/67-55 plastic plugs and sockets D 125 A CTION 63 A ANN/DISCONNE IO T C E N SY CON ® LV 16/32/63/125 A EA IP 66/67-55 . please refer to our current Legrand trade price list 314 IP 55 guaranteed with IP 66/67-55 plug inserted and cover in place over spigot on plug IP 66/67-55 obtained with locking ring secured IP 55 assured automatically with cover flap down without locking ring secured IP 66/67-55 obtained with locking ring secured . for surface mounting units (3) Can be fixed on 0538 89 to obtain a straight surface mounting appliance inlet For pack quantities. IEC 60309-1 and IEC 60309-2 IP according to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529 IK 09 Self-extinguishing : 850 °C for insulated parts 650 °C for housing Stainless steel external screws Temp. 317-322) Panel mounting sockets inclined inclined outlets modular(1) with single fixing centres 16 A 2 P + 0511 25 – 16 A 0511 26 0511 46 Surface mounting Through entry sockets surface mounting inclined(2) sockets(2) Straight plugs Mobile sockets Panel appliance inlets straight Surface appliance inlets LV 100 to 130 V 50/60 Hz 200 to 250 V 50/60 Hz 32 A 16 A T 2P+T 2P+T 3P+T 3P+N+ 380 to 415 V 50/60 Hz 3P+ 32 A 3P+ 63 A 50/60 Hz 3P+ 125 A T T T 3P+N+ 380 to 415 V T T 3P+N+ 0511 25 + 0520 89 0511 55 0511 75 – – 0511 26 + 0520 29 0511 26 + 0520 89 0511 56 0511 76 – 0511 86 0530 46 0530 46 + 0529 40 0530 46 + 0529 90 0530 56 0530 76 – – 0511 30 0511 50 0511 30 + 0522 29 0511 30 + 0522 89 0511 60 0511 80 – – 0511 31 0511 51 0511 31 + 0522 29 0511 31 + 0522 89 0511 61 0511 81 – 0511 91 – T 3P+N+ 0511 25 + 0520 29 T – 0530 50 0530 50 + 0529 40 0530 50 + 0529 90 0530 60 0530 80 – – – 0530 51 0530 51 + 0529 40 0530 51 + 0529 90 0530 61 0530 81 – – 0594 27 – 0594 37 0594 27 + 0538 89 0594 47 0594 87 0594 77(3) – 0594 28 – 0594 38 0594 28 + 0538 89 0594 48 0594 88 0594 78(3) – 0595 12 – 0595 02 – 0595 22 0595 32 0595 42 0595 44 0595 13 – 0595 03 – 0595 23 0595 33 0595 43 0595 45 For voltages/arrangements not listed in this table.50 °C to + 100 °C 63/125 A units have a pilot pin Technical information and dimensions (p. please contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333 (1) 70 x 70 mm fixing centres (2) Order both Cat.

LV 16/32/63 A (p.connected with an angled plug IP 66/67-55 IP 44 .Hypra® IP 44/55 Prisinter LV 16/32/63 A ■ Technical information Icc 10 kA according to BS EN 60309-1. These may be used to signal to a central control/monitoring station or control a contactor to remove load Padlockable cover in closed position 315 . G (mm) H (mm) max.53.cover closed .eps Weight (kg) A (mm) B (mm) C (mm) D (mm) E (mm) F (mm) min. 0521 96. max. 46 70 132 115 100 92 98 46 6 to 10 46 70 138 115 100 92 96 46 6 to 10 46 75 156 125 110 102 106 51·5 7 54 77 153 143 125 115 122 58·5 10 to 20 54 77 153 143 125 115 122 58·5 10 to 20 55 79 169 143 125 119 122 58·5 9 to 13 55 99 205 143 125 120 122 59·5 10 to 20 55 99 205 143 125 120 122 59·5 10 to 20 55 99 205 143 125 120 122 59·5 10 to 20 16 A 2P+ 3P+ T Plastic 0·42 Metal 1·25 T Plastic 0·48 Metal 1·33 Plastic 0·57 Metal 1·47 T Plastic 0·57 Metal 1·47 T Plastic 0·61 Metal 1·5 Plastic 0·65 Metal 1·8 T Plastic 0·87 Metal 1·5 T Plastic 0·95 Metal 1·85 Plastic 0·98 Metal 2·2 3P+N+ T 32 A 2P+ 3P+ 3P+N+ T 63 A 2P+ 3P+ 3P+N+ T Auxiliary contacts (–20 °C to + 80 °C) Prisinter sockets can accommodate two c/o auxiliary contacts (late make/ early break) Cat. BS EN 60947-3.eps 052002-52294c. 311-313) 32A)A) 5. No. BS EN 60309-2. IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-3 : ± Category 16 A 32 A 63 A AC 1 16 A 32 A 63 A AC 23 8·4 kW 16·8 kW 33 kW AC 3 8·4 kW 16·8 kW 33 kW IK according to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 IK 09 : Plastic and rubber IK 10 : Metal –20 °C to + 100 °C (+80 °C with auxiliary fitted) Stainless steel screws ■ Dimensions Prisinter .inclined panel mounting IP 44/55 . IEC 60309-1 and IEC 60309-2 IP rating according to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529 : IP 55 .in all other cases Hypra Prisinter breaking capacity at 3 x 400 V according to BS EN 60947-1.55.3 E E D D DD 2020 G G ØØFF HH AA == EE == BB CC Material 052002-52294c.5(1 (16/6/32 88(63 (63A)A) Drilling Drilling ØØ5.

3 A LV 16/32 A M 20 M20 A 5 22 Metal units are supplied with an earth continuity connection pin between socket flange and box LV 63 A 3 x M 20 entries with 2 x M 20 blanking plugs Equipped with : 2 earth terminals inside and 1 external (metal box) 2 earth terminals inside (plastic box) Material 2P+ 3P+ T T 3P+N+ Plastic T A B C Weight (kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) 0·14 Metal 0·8 Plastic 0·16 Metal 0·9 115 97 78 125 107 88 LV 32 A (p.3 Fix 125 M 25 5 M 25 143 26 1 x M 20 entry with 1 x M 20 blanking plug 2 x M 25 entries with 1 x M 25 blanking plug Equipped with : 2 earth terminals inside and 1 external (metal box) 1 earth terminal inside (plastic box) Material Weight (kg) Plastic 0·3 Metal 0·07 LV 63 A (p.Hypra® IP 44/55 reversible boxes for Prisinter ■ Box entries ■ Dimensions Prisinter boxes can be rotated to aid entry LV 16 A (p.5 100 Metal units are supplied with an earth continuity connection pin between socket flange and box Knockout cable entries on plastic box Ø 32 and Ø 22 100 M 32 M 20 5. 313) 143 18. 312) Fix B 40 M 20 60 Knockout cable entries on plastic box Ø 24 and Ø 22 Fix C 5.5 27.3 125 5 M 32 30 143 1 x M 20 entry with 1 x M 20 blanking plug 2 x M 32 entries with 1 x M 32 blanking plug Material Weight (kg) Plastic 0·35 Metal 1·75 Equipped with external earth terminal on the metal box 316 . 313) 143 Fix 100 40 M 20 80 Metal units are supplied with an earth continuity connection pin between socket flange and box Knockout cable entries on plastic box Ø 30 and Ø 22 5.

nickel plated contacts inclined panel mounting sockets from 16 to 125 A inclined panel mounting sockets from 16 to 63 A ■ Dimensions IP 44 . 314) – 84 94 54 45 117 4·5 100 4·2 LV 63 A – – 84 94 54 45 117 4·5 100 4·2 2P+ 8 36 84 94 54 46 125 4·5 102 4·2 3P+ T T 3P+N+ T A Drilling (mm) B C ØD ØT E F G Dimensions (mm) H I J K L 0·68 77 85 42·5 92 6·5 106 106 98 79 158 6 127 113·5 0·71 77 85 42·5 92 6·5 106 106 98 79 158 6 127 113·5 0·77 77 85 42·5 92 6·5 106 106 98 79 158 6 127 113·5 1·40 124 124 62 120 6·5 146 146 84 93 182 8 157 131 1·55 124 124 62 120 6·5 146 146 84 93 182 8 157 131 LV 125 A 3P+ T 3P+N+ T 317 . 310) J D ■ Dimensions IP 66/67-55 . 310) 3P+ 3P+N+ Dr i l l i n g I T Ø A J T T d1 10 G Ød H J E ØD ØT ØD 20 Weight (kg) A Drilling (mm) B C Ø D Ø d d1 E F Dimensions (mm) G H I J K Ø 0·110 70 70 35 76·2 – – 84 84 37 36 89 4·5 88 4·2 0·140 70 70 35 76·2 – – 84 84 43 36 97 4·5 89 4·2 0·165 70 70 35 76·2 – – 84 84 43 37 106 4·5 91 4·2 A LV 16 A T 3P+T 2P+ 3P+N+ T G L 2P+ 3P+N+ T 0·220 70 70 35 76·2 0·220 70 70 35 76·2 0·255 70 70 35 76·2 – H I Weight (kg) LV 32 A T 3P+T B K F C E Drilling B K F C IP 66/67-55 . 314) T È E C Material Weight (kg) = Drilling (mm) B C øD ød A øT Dimensions (mm) F G H I J E G 2P+ T Plastic Metal 0·340 0·140 3P+ T Plastic 52 60 28 55 14·5 4·2 64 72 41 40 94 5·5 78·5 60 70 31 63·5 14·5 5·2 74 84 44 40 98 5·5 88 0·405 0·165 5·2 80 84 44 44 110 5·5 Metal 0·450 Metal 0·605 70 80 38 76·2 10 5·2 84 94 50 53 120 5·5 103 Drilling (mm) B C ØD ØT E F G Dimensions (mm) H I J K 0·140 52 60 33 55 4·2 64 72 40 45 91 5·5 87 72·5 0·165 60 70 39 63·5 5·2 74 84 41 48 102 5·5 96 81 0·195 60 70 37 70·6 5·2 80 84 42 50 106 5·5 96 86·5 L T T T Metal 0·605 70 80 38 76·2 10 5·2 84 94 50 53 120 5·5 103 Metal 0·660 70 80 38 76·2 10 5·2 84 94 52 56 124 5·5 107 0·600 77 85 – 92 – 6·5 106 106 98 70 160 6 129 77 85 – 92 – 6·5 106 106 98 70 160 6 129 77 85 – 92 – 6·5 106 106 98 70 160 6 129 Drilling J 0·950 3P+ T 0·640 Metal 1·000 Plastic 0·700 Metal 1·200 Plastic 0·120 B 10 L G d1 Metal Plastic H Ød ØD Weight (kg) A Drilling (mm) B C Ø D Ø d d1 E F Dimensions (mm) G H I J K 0·140 70 70 35 76·2 – – 84 84 42 0·165 70 70 35 76·2 – – 84 84 43 41 98 4·5 93 0·195 70 70 35 76·2 – – 84 84 43 41 99 4·5 91 86·5 4·2 0·240 70 70 35 76·2 – – 84 94 54 50 113 4·5 101 94·5 4·2 0·240 70 70 35 76·2 – – 84 94 54 50 113 4·5 101 94·5 4·2 0·270 70 70 35 76·2 8 36 84 94 54 51 120 4·5 103 101 4·2 L Ø LV 16 A ELV 16 A 2P+ 2P Ø A C E F T Plastic 2P+ T I K T LV 63 A 3P + N + A IP 66/67-55 . 314) 2P+ 3P+N+ Weight (kg) 93 LV 32 A T 3P+T 3P+ 3P+N+ 33 70·6 – = LV 16 A 2P+ 70 = K 0·110 60 A H I LV 16 A Plastic T 20 A = L T È B K F d È H G I 3P + N + Dr i l l i n g 2 0 E Metal D È J B K 7 6 ( 63 A) F C È Dr i l l i n g 52 60 30 55 – 4·2 64 72 33 47 94 5·5 78·5 3P+ T T 3P+N+ T 39 83 4·5 90 72·5 4·2 81 4·2 LV 32 A 2P+ IP 44 .LV 63/125 A plastic (p. IK 10 (metal) according to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 Contacts : nickel plated brass with stainless steel connection pins IP 66/67-55 conforms to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529 Icc 10 kA according to BS EN 60309-1 and IEC 60309-1 IK according to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 : metal = IK 10 .LV 16/32/63 A plastic and metal and ELV 16 A plastic (p.LV 16 A plastic (p.Hypra® IP 44 Hypra® IP 66/67-55 ■ Technical information ■ Technical information IK 09 (plastic).LV 16/32 A plastic with modular fixings (p.plastic = IK 09 Stainless steel external screws .LV 16/32 A plastic with modular fixings (p.

3 270 M 32 50 M 20 Fix 117 M 32 30 190 271 Weight (kg) 63 A 2P+ 3P+ T T 3P+N+ 318 1·50 T 1·55 1·60 T 3·5 3·7 40 262 336 .nickel plated contacts Boxes can be rotated to aid entry 130 8 M 20 6 .LV 125 A (p.plastic = IK 09 Stainless steel external screws .LV 63 A (p.Hypra® IP 44 and IP 66/67-55 surface mounting sockets ■ Technical information IP 66/67-55 .3 65 300 IP 44 . 314) IP 44 and IP 66/67-55 conform to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529 Icc 10 kA according to BS EN 60309-1 and IEC 60309-1 IK according to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 : metal = IK 10 . 310) Metal boxes are equipped with : 2 internal linked earth terminals and 1 external earth terminal 53 Fix 260 ■ Dimensions 230 170 M 50 120 5 4 M 32 M 40 70 Weight (kg) 25 125 A Ø 5.LV 63 A (p. 314) 120 130 4 5 Fix 234 25 Ø 5.3 270 Fix 234 Fix 152 3P+ T 3P+N+ 50 M 20 M 32 30 Fix 117 181 273 IP 66/67-55 .

LV 32 A 2P+ /3P+ 3P+N+ T T T C.E.Hypra® IP 44 and IP 66/67-55 reversible boxes for end or through wiring surface sockets ■ Technical information ■ Dimensions for through entry sockets Boxes can be rotated to aid entry LV 16 to 63 A (p. 314) D 4 A1 and A2 : optional blind fixing points Metal boxes are equipped with : .E.2 internal linked earth terminals and 1 external earth terminal .LV 16 A 2P+ 3P+ 3P+N+ T T T IP 66/67-55 .E.1 tulip earth pin connection between base and cover C A2 ØT 5 A1 G Z J 5 I Y C A B Ød X Y Plastic box equipped with : .2 internal linked earth terminals and 1 external earth terminal . 310. E Y H A LV 32 A (p. 314) D F ■ Dimensions of reversible boxes for panel mounting sockets LV 16 A. E T 3P+T 3P+N+ T Plastic 0·340 – – – – – – 5·3 5·3 5·3 74 106 96 122 96 122 58 60 60 20 M 20 22 M 20 22 M 20 90 125 5·3 102 162 90 26 M 25 Plastic 0·115 51 Metal 0·400 Plastic 0·160 68 Metal 0·520 Plastic 0·160 68 Metal 0·520 T 3P+T 3P+N+ Plastic 0·340 Metal 0·910 T IP 44 .LV 32 A 2P+ T 3P+N+ IP 44 . ELV 16 A (p.ELV 16 A 2P Plastic 0·330 T Plastic 0·330 68 4·2 64 – 5·3 74 106 58 20 M 20 68 4·2 85 – 5·3 96 122 60 22 M 20 68 4·2 85 – 5·3 96 122 60 Plastic Metal Plastic Metal 0·340 0·910 0·340 0·910 – 3P+ – 90 125 5·3 102 162 90 26 M 25 – – 90 125 5·3 102 162 90 26 M 25 – – – 90 125 5·3 102 162 90 26 M 25 58 20 M 25 68 4·2 64 – 5·3 74 106 Dimensions (mm) D E F G I J K X Y Z Metal 145 74 5·3 182 86 22 34 75 4 – – – M 20 – Metal 145 74 5·3 182 86 22 34 75 4 – – – M 20 – T 145 74 5·3 182 86 22 34 75 4 – – – M 20 – 234 117 5·3 270 130 30 50 110 4 – – – M 25 – 234 117 5·3 270 130 30 50 110 4 – – – M 25 – 234 117 5·3 270 130 30 50 110 4 – – – M 25 – 0·830 0·830 Plastic 0·330 Metal 0·830 T Plastic 0·670 T Plastic 0·670 Metal Metal T 1·730 1·730 Plastic 0·670 Metal 1·730 63 A 2P+ 22 M 20 – Plastic 0·115 51 2P+ 3P+ – E 32 A 3P+N+ IP 44 .2 internal linked earth terminals Metal box equipped with : .1 tulip earth pin connection between base and cover C.LV 16 A 2P+ 2P+ 3P+ 68 4·2 64 68 4·2 85 68 4·2 85 X Reversible boxes ➞ Material Weight Fixings (mm) Panel (kg) A B H C mounting sockets 16 A Fixings (mm) Dimensions (mm) C.2 internal linked earth terminals and 1 external earth terminal . 310. Material Weight (kg) A1 A2 ød A A3 ØT B C D E Plastic 0·115 51 Plastic 0·160 68 Plastic 0·160 68 K B ➞ A X 5 T Plastic 2·000 T Plastic 2·000 3P+N+ 152 260 Metal 4·300 T 4·300 50 70 M 32 – M 20 6·3 300 170 40 – 150 8 50 70 M 32 – M 20 6·3 300 170 40 – 150 8 50 70 M 32 – M 20 152 260 4·300 8 157 Plastic 2·000 Metal – 150 152 260 Metal 6·3 300 170 40 157 157 Note : Through entry boxes provide extra wiring space but not looping terminals 319 . 310. 314) D B 4 ØT C A3 A1 and A2 : optional blind fixing points Metal boxes are equipped with : .1 tulip earth pin connection between base and cover ➞ Reversible ➞ boxes Panel mounting sockets IP 66/67-55 .

ELV 16 A (p. 314) Ø Ø ■ Dimensions 340 255 Straight plugs IP 44 LV 63 A (p.5 A A B B Ø 131 63 A 3 P+ T 3 P+N+ C D Material Weight (kg) Plastic Metal Rubber Plastic Metal Rubber Plastic Metal Rubber 0·150 0·365 0·205 0·175 0·425 0·260 0·210 0·535 0·300 D Dimensions (mm) B C A D Ø Clamping and grip (mm) Weight (kg) Ø Clamping and grip (mm) 0·680 18·5 to 29 3 P+ 0·750 20·5 to 32 3 P+N+ 3P+ T T 1·5 24 to 48 1·7 28 to 48 Angled plugs IP 44 LV 16/32 A.Nickel plated contacts IK according to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 : plastic. 310) Ø Ø 113. 314) LV 125 A (p.LV 63 A (p. 310) Ø 30 B T A 3P+ T Ø T 3P+N+ 2P+ Ø Clamping and grip (mm) 125 A LV 16 A 2P+ Weight (kg) LV 63 A 3P+ T 3P+N+ T ELV 16 A 2P 102 110 102 110 18·5 to 29 20·5 to 32 C E D Plastic 0·180 142 107 62 55 8·5 to 22 Straight plugs IP 66/67-55 LV 16 A LV 16/32 A (p.Hypra® IP 44 and IP 66/67-55 straight and angled plugs ■ Technical information Straight plugs IP 66/67-55 IP 44 and IP 66/67-55 conform to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529 Icc 10 kA according to BS EN 60309-1 and IEC 60309-1 Stainless steel external screws . 310) T 100 57 55 8 to 15 135 100 60 61 8 to 15 139 103 65 60 8 to 15 139 103 68 66 8 to 15 154 118 73 66 10 to 18 154 118 77 72 10 to 18 B 30 A T 135 C E D LV 32 A T 3P+N+ T Plastic Metal Rubber Plastic Metal Rubber Plastic Metal Rubber 0·260 0·645 0·360 0·260 0·645 0·360 0·300 0·685 0·415 Plastic Rubber Plastic Rubber 0·640 0·980 0·700 1·050 164 119 78 70·5 10 to 18 164 119 81 76·5 10 to 18 164 119 78 70·5 12 to 22 164 119 81 76·5 12 to 22 170 125 86 77 12 to 22 170 125 89 83 12 to 22 255 188·5 – 255 188·5 – IP 44 . rubber = IK 09 metal = IK 10 LV 63 A (p. 314) 2P+ Ø 16 A 2 P+ 3 P+ 3 P+N+ 32 A 2 P+ 3 P+ 3 P+N+ A T T B T T T Weight (kg) A (mm) B (mm) Ø Clamping and grip (mm) 0·165 0·195 0·220 135 139 154 72·5 81 86·5 8 to 15 8 to 15 10 to 18 3P+ T T 3 P+ N + T Material Weight (kg) Plastic Metal Rubber Plastic Metal Rubber Plastic Metal Rubber 0·145 0·395 0·230 0·185 0·455 0·290 0·220 0·585 0·330 Plastic Metal Rubber Plastic Metal Rubber Plastic Metal Rubber 0·275 0·745 0·390 0·275 0·745 0·390 0·320 0·790 0·435 Metal Rubber Metal Rubber Rubber Dimensions (mm) B C D E Ø Clamping and grip (mm) 136 100 29·5 100 55 8 to 15 136 100 29·5 100 61 8 to 15 141 105 33·5 105 60 8 to 15 A 141 105 33·5 105 66 8 to 15 150 114 37·5 114 66 10 to 18 150 114 37·5 114 72 10 to 18 161 116 39·5 116 70·5 10 to 18 161 116 39·5 116 76·5 10 to 18 161 116 39·5 116 70·5 12 to 22 LV 32 A T 0·280 0·280 0·325 164 164 170 94·5 94·5 101 10 to 18 12 to 22 12 to 22 2P+ 3P+ T T 3 P+ N + T 161 116 39·5 116 76·5 12 to 22 167 122 44·5 122 77 12 to 22 167 122 44·5 122 83 12 to 22 1·150 1·030 1·250 1·100 243·5 243·5 243·5 243·5 177 177 177 177 51 51 51 51 168 168 168 168 102 110 102 110 18·5 to 29 18·5 to 29 20·5 to 32 20·5 to 32 0·250 131 107 30 107 61 8·5 to 22 LV 63 A 3P+ T 3 P+ N + T ELV 16 A 2P 320 . 310) LV 16/32 A. ELV 16 A (p.

314) LV 16/32 A (p. 311) LV 16/32 A. 311) D Ø 364 Ø Weight (kg) Ø Clamping and grip (mm) 1·8 24 to 48 2·0 28 to 48 A A 125 A 3 P+ Ø 131 B B C Material Weight (kg) A Dimensions (mm) B C T Plastic Rubber Plastic Rubber Plastic Rubber 0·170 0·250 0·200 0·285 0·245 0·335 147 147 151 151 172 172 54·5 58 61·5 65 69·5 72·5 T Plastic Rubber Plastic Rubber Plastic Rubber 0·300 0·400 0·300 0·400 0·350 0·475 177 177 177 177 183 183 T Plastic Rubber Plastic Rubber 0·770 1·300 0·830 1·400 Plastic 0·190 136 T 3 P+N+ T C D Ø Clamping and grip (mm) 74 74 81 81 90 90 55 61 60 66 66 72 8 to 15 8 to 15 8 to 15 8 to 15 10 to 18 10 to 18 71 74·5 71 74·5 77·5 80·5 93 93 93 93 100 100 70·5 76·5 70·5 76·5 77 83 10 to 18 10 to 18 12 to 22 12 to 22 12 to 22 12 to 22 273 273 273 273 96 110 96 110 119 124 119 124 – – – – 18·5 to 29 18·5 to 29 20·5 to 32 20·5 to 32 148 54·5 74 55 8·5 to 22 LV 16 A T 3P+T 2P+ 3P+N+ LV 32 A T 3P+T 2P+ 3P+N+ LV 63 A 3P+ T 3P+N+ ELV 16 A 2P (1) Wiring diagram shown on p. rubber = IK 09 Mobile sockets IP 66/67-55 LV 63 A(1) (p. ELV 16 A (p. 323 321 . 314) Ø Ø ■ Dimensions A A Angled plugs IP 66/67-55 LV 16/32 A (not shown in catalogue .available on request) Ø Ø3 0 B C C A B T T C D B Material 16 A 2P+ 3P+ 3P+N+ 32 A 2P+ 3P+ 3P+N+ T T T T T T Weight (kg) A LV 16 A 2P+ 3P+ 3P+N+ LV 32 A 2P+ Dimensions (mm) B C D Ø Clamping and grip (mm) Plastic Plastic Plastic 0·165 0·195 0·220 136 141 150 72·5 81 86·5 29·5 33·5 37·5 100 105 114 8 to 15 8 to 15 10 to 18 Plastic Plastic Plastic 0·280 0·280 0·325 161 161 167 94·5 94·5 101 39·5 39·5 44·5 116 116 122 10 to 18 12 to 22 12 to 22 T T 3P+ 3P+N+ LV 63 A 3P+ 3P+N+ T T T T Material Weight (kg) A Dimensions (mm) B C Ø Clamping and grip (mm) Plastic Plastic Plastic 0·180 0·215 0·275 150 154 169 72·5 81 86·5 75·5 86 89 8 to 15 8 to 15 10 to 18 Plastic 0·320 179 94·5 99 10 to 18 Plastic Plastic 0·320 0·375 179 185 94·5 101 99 105 12 to 22 12 to 22 Plastic Plastic 0·850 0·910 278 278 113·5 113·5 119 119 18·5 to 29 20·5 to 32 LV 125 A(1) (p.plastic. 314) Ø Mobile sockets IP 44 LV 63 A(1) (p.Hypra® IP 44 and IP 66/67-55 angled plugs and mobile sockets ■ Technical information IP 44 and IP 66/67-55 according to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529 Icc 10 kA according to BS EN 60309-1 and IEC 60309-1 Stainless steel external screws .Nickel plated contacts IK according to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 : metal = IK10 .

Nickel plated contacts IK according to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 : plastic = IK 09 metal = IK 10 CE D Ø ØX G B Panel appliance inlets IP H C ■ Dimensions 44(1) F A (p. 314) 230 170 53 Ø 6.5 Ø 100 to Ø 120 146 3P+N+ 63 A 3 P+ 3 P+N+ T 38 Material Plastic 0·320 LV 63 A 3P+ Ø 5.3 0·950 Metal 1·000 149 90 5·5 40 – – 160 101 174 108 6 Plastic 0·630 Metal T 163 93 6·5 80 42 62 183 113 221 120 8 163 93 6·5 80 42 62 183 113 221 120 8 2·230 Weight (kg) T T Plastic 0·548 Plastic 0·610 LV 125 A(1) (p. 311) I ØD ØT A G Weight (kg) A/B C/D F Dimensions (mm) G H CE 0·188 84 72 87 126 34 0·257 84 72 95 134 34 0·297 84 72 100 141 34 0·370 110 98 107 168 39 0·413 110 98 113 168 39 Ø ØX M 20 4·3 17 M 25 5·3 24 E C H 1 0 16 A 50 2P+ 3P+ B T T T 3P+N+ D 32 A F 2P+ Weight Material (kg) Dimensions (mm) C D E F 3P+ A Drilling (mm) B ØT ØD G H 94 62 4·5 40 – – 104 72 121 78 6 109 83 4·5 40 – – 120 94 135 86 6 I T T T 3P+N+ LV 16 A Plastic 0·140 T Plastic 0·160 Metal T 0·530 3P+ Metal 0·690 Plastic 0·280 T Plastic 0·280 Metal Metal T 109 83 4·5 40 – – 120 94 139 86 6 149 90 5·5 40 – – 160 101 176 111 6 149 90 5·5 40 – – 160 101 176 111 6 0·950 114. 314) 85 = = 3P+N+ Metal Weight (kg) 124 = = 3P+ T 114. 323 322 T 3P+N+ T 2·6 2·7 . 314) Plastic 0·690 Metal 77 = = 97 2·450 Drilling Ø 6.3 40 M 20 3P+ Fix 260 300 356 M 50 Weight (kg) 125 A 40 290 M 40 70 M 40 Fix 152 (1) Wiring diagram for 63 A and 125 A shown on p. 314) IP 44 and IP 66/67-55 conform to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529 Icc 10 kA according to BS EN 60309-1 and IEC 60309-1 Stainless steel external screws .6 Ø 80 to Ø 95 Plastic 0·190 T 3P+N+ Drilling 0·630 LV 32 A 2P+ Panel appliance inlets IP 66/67-55 LV 63 A(1) (p.Hypra® IP 44 and IP 66/67-55 panel mounting appliance inlets ■ Technical information Surface appliance inlets IP 66/67-55 LV 16/32 A (p.3 2P+ 125 A 3P+ 21 146 124 = = 122 T 3P+N+ T 1·00 1·15 Surface appliance inlets IP 66/67-55 LV 125 A(1) (p.

5 Mobile socket 162 Fix 125 Ø 5.3 162 Fix 125 Pilot Appliance inlet 4 M 25 M 25 Fix 90 Material 32 A 0·24 Metal 0·65 3P+N+ Metal units are supplied with an earth continuity connection pin between the flange and the box Weight (kg) Plastic 26 Fix 90 To equipment The pilot pin connection accepts 2·5-6 mm2 flexible or up to 10 mm2 rigid conductor.5 B Ø 4.2 Contactor 4 Fuse Ø 5.3 C Fix 68 Coil CE E Fix A1 Fix A Material CE Metal units are supplied with an earth continuity connection pin between the flange and the box Weight A A1 B C E PE (kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 16 A T 3P+T Plastic 0·085 Metal 0·250 Plastic 0·110 Metal 0·360 2P+ 3P+N+ T 64 51 74 106 85 68 96 122 20 22 22 Socket outlet M20 M20 LV 32 A (p. It is the small centre pin in the connection LV 63 A (p.3 62 163 42 270 Fix 234 Ø 80 Material Weight (kg) 63 A M 20 50 Fix 117 M 32 30 Plastic 0·67 Metal 1·73 323 . 311) Equipped with 2 internal earth terminals and 1 external (metal box) IK 09 according to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 120 130 M 32 4 5 93 Ø 5. when the circuit is routed via a contactor reversible boxes for appliance inlets LV 16 A (p.Hypra® IP 44 Hypra® and P 17 Tempra® ■ Technical information Boxes can be rotated to aid entry ■ Example of 63/125 A 3 P + connection ■ Dimensions The pilot pin enables the load to be removed prior to the separation of the phase pins. 311) Equipped with 2 internal earth terminals (plastic box) and 1 external (metal box) Plastic Metal 102 102 L1 L2 L3 N Pilot L1 L2 L3 N Plug 62. 311) Fix A1 and Fix 68 : optional blind hole fixing points Plastic T and 3 P + N + T pilot pin 3P+N+ L1 L2 L3 N Metal 41.

Nos. rating : –15 °C to +40 °C(1) Pack Cat. Combined units with interlocked switched socket Pack Cat.please contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333 324 32 A 1 0592 24 1 1 0592 25 0592 28 0592 26 0592 29 200 to 250 V± T 380 to 415 V± 3 P +T 3 P + N +T 2P+ . Nos.Hypra® IP 44 combined units plastic surface mounting 16/32/63 A 0592 03 0592 07 0592 24 0596 01 Technical information and dimensions (p. Transparent plastic hinged window Cable glands are not supplied (ISO) Double mechanical interlock Cable glands are not supplied (ISO) 16 A 32 A 1 0592 00 1 0592 03 0592 43 1 1 0592 09 0592 49 0592 16 0592 56 63 A 1 1 100 to 130 V± T 200 to 250 V± 2 P +T 380 to 415 V± 3 P +T 3 P + N +T 380 to 415 V± 3 P +T 3 P + N +T 2P+ 0592 34 0592 35 Combined units protected by 30 mA RCBO Transparent plastic hinged window Cable glands are not supplied (ISO) 16 A 1 1 1 32 A 0592 07 0592 47 0592 14 0592 19 0592 59 ± with RCBO 2 P +T 380 to 415 V± with RCBO 3 P +T 3 P + N +T 200 to 250 V Combined units controlled by switch fitted with MCB 32 A 1 0596 15 1 1 0592 86 0592 85 63 A 200 to 250 V± T 380 to 415 V± 3 P +T 3 P + N +T 2P+ Combined units with interlocked switched sockets and protected by 30 mA RCBO or RCD Transparent plastic hinged window Cable glands are not supplied (ISO) 16 A 32 A 200 to 250 V± with RCBO T 380 to 415 V± with RCBO 3 P +T 3 P + N +T 380 to 415 V± 3 P + T with MCB + RCD add-on module 3 P + N + T with RCD 1 0596 01 0596 05 2 P + 1 1 0596 02 0596 07 0596 03 0596 08 1 1 0592 83 0592 84 63 A Combined units with Prisinter and protected by 30 mA RCBO Transparent plastic hinged window Cable glands are not supplied (ISO) IP 44 plug inserted IP 55 lid closed or connected to an IP 66/67-55 angled plug 16 A (1) Units with RCBO and some MCB protection devices have temperature ratings of –5 °C to + 40 °C Switch only units and some MCBs have increased ratings . 326) Conform to BS EN 60439-1 and IEC 60439-1 IP 44 conforms to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529 IK 09 conforms to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 Temp.

327) Conform to BS EN 60439-1 and IEC 60439-1 IP 66/67-55 for 16 and 32 A and to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529 for 63 and 125 A IK 09 conforms to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 Temp. rating : contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333 Combined units with interlocked switched socket Pack 32 A 1 0592 60 0592 63 1 1 0592 61 0592 64 0592 62 0592 65 63 A 1 1 NEW 0592 66 0592 67 NEW 0591 14(2) 0591 15(2) 125 A 1 1 ± 2 P +T 380 to 415 V± 3 P +T 3 P + N +T 380 to 415 V± 3 P +T 3 P + N +T 380 to 415 V± 3 P +T 3 P + N +T 200 to 250 V Undrilled empty boxes with transparent hinged window External dimensions of box (mm) Double mechanical interlock Cable glands are not supplied (ISO) 16 A Cat. 327) IP 44 or IP 66/67-55 according to the type of sockets that are fitted Conform to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529 IK 09 conforms to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 Temp. Technical information and dimensions (p. Nos.Hypra® IP 66/67-55 combined units plastic surface mounting 16/32/63 A 0592 65 0596 61 0591 15 Hypra® empty boxes plastic surface mounting 0598 44 Technical information and dimensions (p.contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333 (2) Interlocked using a Vistop switch Contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333 325 . Nos. Depth x Height x Width 1 0598 43 120 x 370 x 140 • Allows up to 2 panel sockets 16/32 A rail which can take up to • Fitted with a 6 Lexic modules 0598 44 181 x 370 x 230 • Allows up to 4 panel sockets 16/32 A rail which can take up to • Fitted with a 9 Lexic modules 2 1 2 Combined units controlled by switch. fitted with MCB or rail only 2 Transparent plastic hinged window Cable glands are not supplied (ISO) 32 A 16 A 1 0596 60 1 0596 61 0596 67 0596 68 1 1 100 to 130 V±2 rail only T 200 to 250 V± with MCB 2 P +T 380 to 415 V± with MCB 3 P +T 3 P + N +T 2P+ Combined unit with interlocked switched socket and protected by RCD or RCBO Transparent plastic hinged window Cable glands are not supplied (ISO) 32 A 16 A 200 to 250 V± with RCBO T 380 to 415 V± with RCBO 3 P +T 3 P + N +T 380 to 415 V± with RCD 3 P + N +T 1 0596 51 0596 55 2 P + 1 1 0596 52 0596 57 0596 53 0596 58 1 NEW 63 A 0596 81 For protective devices (1) Units with RCBO and some MCB protection devices have temperature ratings of –5 °C to + 40 °C Switch only units and some MCBs have increased ratings . rating : –15 °C to +40 °C(1) Pack Cat.

Nos. 324) A Fix C 6 D 125 A contact our technical department for details (0591 04/05) 083968-7863c. 324) Cat.Hypra® IP 44 combined units plastic surface mounting 16/32/63 A ■ Technical information Units with Prisinter : • IP 44 plug connected conforms to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529 • IP 55 with cover closed or used with IP 66/67-55 plug • Breaking capacity conforms to BS EN 60947-1. IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-3 : IP 44 conforms to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529 IK 09 conforms to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 External screws in stainless steel .eps ■ Socket units with 6 C 0592 43 3P+N+ CE CE2 CE3 6 B 0592 16 2P+ T A 0592 09 3P+N+ CE4 Ø6 ± 0592 00 0592 03 3P+ T 3P+T Knock-out entries for cable gland Dimensions (mm) 110 to 200 to 380 to 130 V 250 V 415 V 160 470 146 456 90 420 204 125 0596 84/85 28 20 M M 46° 20/25 20/25 Ø 29 M M 56° 25/32 20/25 Ø 38 . 324) CE Ø6 B 195 0592 25 3P+N+ E 10 A 0592 24 3P+ G Ø6 ± 0592 59 3P+N+ T 380 to 415 V 0592 47 3P+ Knock-out entries for cable gland Dimensions (mm) 0592 19 T F Fix D1 T 2P+ 2P+ ■ Switch controlled socket units : with Fix D 9 0592 56 0592 14 T CE4 CE2 CE3 CE1 0592 49 0592 07 3P+N+ 083972-7864c. BS EN 60695-2 and IEC 60695-2 16 A 32 A ± 63 A ± ± AC1 16 A . 10 Fix D B G 0 0592 34 T 3P+N+ 3P+N+ CE1 F E CE2 CE3 CE1 T G Fix C1 CE1 E 120 230 106 216 70 190 151 25 20 3P+ Ø6 326 C1 D1 2 rail / with Legrand Lexic protection / with IP 44 socket or Prisinter (p. 2P+ CE C 2 rail / with Legrand Lexic protection (p.400 V 32 A .eps ■ Switch controlled socket units (p.Nickel plated contacts Icc 10 kA conforms to BS EN 60309-1 and IEC 60309-1 Self-extinguishing : 850 °C for insulated parts (650 °C for housing) according to BS EN 60695-1. IEC 60695-1. BS EN60947-3. E CE2 CE3 CE1 A Fix C G 10 CE Ø6 T T 2P+ 16 A Fix C1 ± ± T Fix D1 F 32 A B Fix D 63 A H CE1 200 to 250 V ± T 3P+T 2P+ 10 CE1 M 46° 20/25 CE2 CE3 CE4 – M Ø 29 20/25 M M 170 320 156 306 100 270 204 65 28 21·5 56° 20/25 25/32 M 20 Ø 38 16 A 32 A Prisinter 16 A 32 A H CE A Fix C Fix C1 T T T 16 A 32 A CE3 H F G H 0 134 0 20 145 9 10 CE1 CE2 – CE3 CE4 M 20/25 Ø 29 0 28 0 56° M M M 20 Ø 38 20/25 25/32 0 202 206 170 320 156 306 100 270 α M 1·5 46° 20/25 148 170 320 156 306 100 270 195 65 0592 29 ± T T 0 65 28 214 56° 0 T 3P+T T Knock-out entries for cable gland Dimensions (mm) 380 to 415 V ± A B C D C1 D1 E F G 0596 01/10 T 140 370 126 356 74 330 151 95 20 1·5 9 0596 07 9 0596 08 10 0596 83/86 3P+ T 3P+N+ α CE1 CE2 CE3 0 0596 03 0596 05/15 T H 0 0596 02 3P+ 3P+N+ 63 A F E 132 120 230 106 216 70 190 138 25 0592 28 T 200 to 250 V 2P+ B C1 D1 0592 26 3P+N+ Fix D1 D Cat. Nos. Nos.eps CE2 1·5 9 0592 35 CE Ø6 CE2 α H 0 Cat.400 V AC3 8·4 kW 16·8 kW 33 kW AC23 8·4 kW 16·8 kW 33 kW 083968-7862c.400 V 63 A .

0591 14/15 125 A 230 216 M40 M50 254 Ø 6. Nos.eps ■ Technical information ■ Switch controlled socket units : with rail / with Legrand Lexic protection (p.2 6. 63 A T 3P+T Knock-out entries for cable gland Dimensions (mm) 16 A Cat.2 10 300 356 370 Ø 6. 325) E A G Fix D 32 A C D C1 D1 E F G 151 151 0592 62 120 230 106 216 70 190 151 25 20 3P+ 152 T CE1 CE2 CE3 CE4 T 3P+T 0 2 46° M20/ M25 – 152 8 0592 65 156 12 0592 67 M20/ M25/ M25/ H CE2 0596 61/51 ± T T T 3P+ T 3P+N+T Knock-out entries for cable gland Dimensions (mm) 380 to 415 V ± α CE1 CE2 CE3 46° M20/ M20/ M25/ M25 M25 Ø 29 0596 81 160 470 146 456 90 420 204 125 28 17 56° M25/ M25/ M38/ M32 M32 Ø38 0596 62/52 3P+N+ 170 320 156 306 100 270 204 65 28 18 56° M25 M32 M 20 Ø 38 200 to 250 V 0596 60 A B C D C1 D1 E F G 0596 65/55 H 151 0 151 0 0596 63/53 140 370 126 356 74 330 151 95 20 3P+N+ M20/ M25/ M25 Ø 29 8 110 to 130 V ± 2P+ 0 0592 64 0592 66 3P+N+ α 2P+ 0592 63 T H 32 A 16 A T 3P+N+ 63 A B 0592 61 2P+ T A 0592 60 3P+N+ T 3P+T ± CE 6 Cat. IEC 60695-1 and IEC 60695-2 E A G 10 CE2 Fix C1 CE1 Fix C CE Ø6 ■ Switch controlled socket units (p.eps 250 V 415 V CE3 F Fix D1 Fix D B F Fix C1 Fix D1 CE 10 B Ø6 CE2 CE3 CE1 Fix C 2 152 8 0596 67/57 152 8 0596 68/58 156 12 M25/ Cat.2 M40 M50 150 38 (M40) 41 (M50) 50° 324 327 . 325) 2 IP 67 conforms to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529 IK 09 conforms to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 External screws in stainless steel Icc 10 kA conforms to BS EN 60309-1 and IEC 60309-1 Self-extinguishing : 850 °C for insulated parts (650 °C for housing) according to BS EN 60695-1.Hypra® IP 66/67-55 combined units plastic surface mounting 16/32/63/125 A 083973-7859c. Nos. 2P+ CE1 CE H CE2 CE3 CE1 6 ± Ø6 CE4 Ø6 200 to 380 to 083970-7853c. Nos. BS EN 60695-2.

Hypra® empty boxes Hypra® IP 44 and IP 66/67-55 ■ Empty and undrilled boxes (p. BS EN 60695-2. I A F CE3 CE2 CE1 Ø6 70 4·2 4·2 .eps ■ IP 66/67-55 sockets with modular fixing centres (p.eps ■ IP 44 sockets plastic surface mounting sockets with modular fixing centres IP 66/67-55 IK 09 conforms to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 Self-extinguishing : 850 °C for insulated parts (650 °C for housing) 83977-7855c. IEC 60695-1 and IEC 60695-2 with modular fixing centres (p. 314) 10 CE G G 356 330 120 95 20 264 105 M 20/25 M 20/25 M 20/25 M 25 0598 44 230 370 216 150 356 300 181 – 38 120 220 M 25/32 M 20 74 D D1 E H I CE1 CE2 CE3 M 25/32 CE4 10 F 0598 43 140 370 126 C1 – Ød T 3P+T ØD 16 A 2P+ 32 A G L Dimensions (mm) Ø D Ø d d1 E F G H H Weight (kg) A B C 0·140 70 70 35 76·2 – – 84 84 42 39 83 4·5 90 72·5 4·2 0·165 70 I J K L Ø 70 35 76·2 – – 84 84 43 41 98 4·5 93 81 70 70 35 76·2 – – 84 84 43 41 99 4·5 91 86·5 4·2 2P+ 0·240 70 70 35 76·2 – – 84 94 54 50 113 4·5 101 94·5 4·2 3P+ 0·240 70 70 35 76·2 – – 84 94 54 50 113 4·5 101 94·5 4·2 70 35 76·2 8 36 84 94 54 51 120 4·5 103 101 T 0·195 3P+N+ T T T 0·270 3P+N+ 328 K C B B J d1 A E Ø C Knock-out entries for cable glands Dimensions (mm) Cat. 325) 052019-20857c.eps according to BS EN 60695-1. 310) I J Ø A Fix C Fix C1 E CE3 CE2 CE1 Ø6 G Ød ØD 16 A H 32 A F ØD Ød Dimensions (mm) d1 E F G H B C 2P+ 0·110 70 70 35 76·2 – – 84 84 37 36 89 4·5 3P+ 0·140 70 70 35 76·2 – – 84 84 43 36 97 4·5 89 4·2 T 0·165 70 70 35 76·2 – – 84 84 43 37 106 4·5 91 4·2 2P+ 0·220 70 70 35 76·2 – – 84 94 54 45 117 4·5 100 4·2 3P+ 0·220 70 70 35 76·2 – – 84 94 54 45 117 4·5 100 4·2 T 0·255 70 70 35 76·2 8 36 84 94 54 46 125 4·5 102 4·2 T T T T 3P+N+ I H A 3P+N+ Fix D1 G Weight (kg) Ø6 Fix D B E CE CE4 10 K F d1 B C A I J K Ø 88 4·2 051927-20859c. Nos.

rating : –25 °C to +40 °C 63 A / 125 A units have a pilot pin Technical information. 311 and 332 For pack quantities.P 17 Tempra® IP 44 and IP 66/67 plastic plugs and sockets LV 16 to 125 A IP 44 . entries and dimensions (p. please contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333 (1) 70 x 70 mm fixing centres (modular) (2) Appliance inlet covers. 332-333) Surface mounting sockets Straight plugs Mobile sockets 16 A 2 P + 0553 03 0563 03 0562 03 32 A 0553 23 0563 23 0562 23 0587 40 0587 00 0587 10 0553 07 0563 07 0562 07 0553 08 0563 08 0562 08 0553 27 0563 27 0562 27 0553 28 0563 28 0562 28 0587 44 0587 04 0587 14 0587 45 0587 05 0587 15 0591 06 0591 26 0591 36 0591 07 0591 27 0591 37 LV 200 to 250 V 50/60 Hz 63 A 16 A T 2P+T 2P+T 3P+T 3P+N+ 32 A 3P+ T 3P+N+ 380 to 415 V 50/60 Hz 63 A 3P+ T 3P+N+ 125 A 3P+ T 3P+N+ T T T T For voltages/arrangements not listed in this table. 330-332) Panel mounting sockets Straight plugs Mobile sockets Appliance inlets(2) 0573 51 0574 31 0575 11 0575 81 – 0574 22 0575 02 – 0576 08 – 0581 21 0582 01 – 0553 53 0576 11 0573 54 0574 34 0575 14 0575 84 0555 73 0553 73 0576 12 0580 54 0581 34 0582 14 0582 84 0555 57 0553 57 0576 17 0573 58 0574 38 0575 18 0575 88 0555 58 0553 58 0576 23 0573 59 0574 39 0575 19 0575 89 0555 77 0553 77 0576 18 0580 58 0581 38 0582 18 0582 88 0555 78 0553 78 0576 24 0580 59 0581 39 0582 19 0582 89 Inclined modular (1) Straight small flange 0553 50 0576 10 0553 51 – – 0553 70 0555 53 LV 100 to 130 V 16 A 50/60 Hz 32 A 200 to 250 V 50/60 Hz 16 A 32 A 16 A 380 to 415 V 50/60 Hz 32 A T T 2P+T 2P+T 2P+T 3P+T 3P+N+ 3P+ T 3P+N+ T T IP 66/67 . BS EN 60309-2. IEC 60309-1 and IEC 60309-2 IK 09 Self-extinguishing : 850 °C for insulated parts (650 °C for housing and cover) Temp.LV 16/32 A Conform to : BS EN 60309-1. entries and dimensions (p. IEC 60309-1 and IEC 60309-2 IK 09 Self-extinguishing : 850 °C for insulated parts (650 °C for housing and cover) Temp.LV 16 to 125 A Conform to : BS EN 60309-1. see p. rating : –25 °C to +40 °C Original design(1) Surface mounting sockets inclined Surface mounting sockets 2P+ 0555 50 3P+ – Technical information. please refer to our current Legrand trade price list 329 . BS EN 60309-2.

329) F (mm) G (mm) H (mm) I (mm) T 0·110 – – 84 42 33 83·5 0·140 – – 84 43 34·5 91·3 0·165 – – 84 43 36·5 100 0·220 – – 94 54 44 112 0·255 8 36 94 54 45 120 LV 32 A 2P+ F 3P+ H C d1 (mm) H LV 16 A M 20/25 dual knockout entry A G T T 3P+N+ CE T ■ Straight panel mounting socket .small flange (p. 70 2P+ 70 LV 16 A 10 A (mm) F M20/25 35 M20/25 M20/25 Ø 4.5 Ø 4.LV 16 and 32 A plastic IP 44 conforms to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529 IK 09 conforms to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 IP 44 conforms to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529 IK 09 conforms to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 ■ Surface mounting sockets .3 I 4.5 B (mm) 158 121 158 123 171 130 181 135 181 135 192 140 3P+ T T 3P+N+ T d1 A 135 30 Fix.2 Ø 76. 70 38 BB 70 42.new design (p.P 17 Tempra® IP 44 . 329) ■ Panel mounting sockets .original design (p.5 18.with modular fixing centres 70 x 70 mm (p. 329) D G B G H Drilling ØC I I Ø B Ø M 20/25 subject to rating A Weight A (kg) (mm) B (mm) C (mm) D (mm) F (mm) G (mm) H (mm) I (mm) CE Ø (mm) (mm) Weight A (kg) (mm) LV 16 A 2P+ 3P+ T T 3P+N+ T 0·185 84 84 73 72 103 103·5 20 134 M 20 4·3 LV 16 A 0·244 100 100 88 87 115 120 24 156 M 20 4·3 2P+ 0·269 100 100 88 87 118·5 121 24 162 M 20 4·3 3P+ 0·356 110 110 98 97 135 30 174 M 25 5·3 LV 32 A LV 32 A T 3 P +T 3P+N+ 2P+ 3P+N+ 330 T T T 162 T 0·356 110 110 98 97 135 162 30 174 M 25 5·3 3 P+ 0·397 110 110 98 97 137 162·5 30 178 M 25 5·3 3P+N+ T T E D B (mm) ØC (mm) F D (mm) E (mm) F (mm) G (mm) 98·5 H (mm) I (mm) Ø (mm) 0·105 47 47 47 58 22·4 50 5·5 78·5 5·5 0·127 52 52 55 65 22·4 50·5 104 5·5 85·6 5·5 0·148 52 52 55 70 22·4 51 113 5·5 93·5 5·5 0·197 60 60 57·1 75 31·4 61·3 127 5·5 97·5 5·5 0·246 60 60 63·5 77 31·4 61·7 134 5·5 104·5 5·5 . 329) 94 Fix.2 Ød 84 LV 32 A T 3 P +T 2P+ 3P+N+ 15 T Weight ød (kg) (mm) 2P+ 3P+ T T 3P+N+ ■ Surface mounting sockets .

new design with twist clamp and membrane gland Screwless body assembly (p.new design with twist clamp and membrane gland Screwless body assembly (p.1 x 4 mm2 rigid cable 32 A .1 x 4 mm2 rigid cable 32 A .1 x 6 mm2 rigid cable T 124 ■ P 17 Tempra IP 44 .LV max.1 x 2·5 mm2 flexible cable sockets: 32 A .with membrane gland (p.1 x 2·5 mm2 flexible cable sockets: 32 A . terminal capacity Sockets: 16 A .1 x 6 mm2 flexible cable Appliance inlets: 16 A .1 x 10 mm2 rigid cable Plugs/Mobile 16 A .1 x 10 mm2 rigid cable Plugs/Mobile 16 A . 329) D E C IP 44 conforms to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529 IK 09 conforms to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 B A B A C Ø Weight (kg) A (mm) B (mm) C (mm) D (mm) E (mm) Ø clamping and grip (mm) Ø D LV 16 A 2 P+ 3 P+ T T 3 P+N+ T 0·122 143 to 159 106 to 122 30 65 56 8 to 14 0·150 143 to 159 106 to 122 34 69 56 8 to 14 0·177 152 to 168 115 to 131 38 78 65 10 to 18 2 P+ 3 P+N+ T 0·217 161 to 177 115 to 131 39 79 65 10 to 18 0·234 161 to 177 115 to 131 39 79 65 12 to 20 0·276 167 to 181 121 to 135 45 88 72 14 to 21 3 P+ T T 3 P+N+ B (mm) C (mm) D (mm) 0·150 153 to 169 0·179 153 to 169 0·212 164 to 180 Ø clamping and grip (mm) 55 78 56 8 to 14 62 85 56 8 to 14 T 70 94 65 10 to 18 LV 32 A 2 P+ 3 P+ ■ Straight plugs .LV max. terminal capacity Sockets: 16 A .with membrane gland (p.1 x 2·5 mm2 rigid cable 32 A .1 x 6 mm2 flexible cable Appliance inlets: 16 A .1 x 2·5 mm2 rigid cable 32 A . 329) A (mm) LV 16 A 2 P+ LV 32 A T 3 P+T Weight (kg) T T 3 P+N+ T 0·240 174 to 190 71 98 65 10 to 18 0·265 174 to 190 71 98 65 12 to 20 0·305 177 to 191 77 101 72 14 to 21 D Ø ■ Mobile sockets .■ Straight plugs . 329) A A B D Ø Weight A (mm) (kg) B (mm) C (mm) D (mm) Ø clamping and grip (mm) 2 P+ 3 P+N+ T 3 P+ T T 3 P+N+ T T 0·122 147 111 57 55 8 to 15·5 2 P+ 0·150 154 118 65 60 8 to 15·5 3 P+ 0·177 164 128 73 66 8 to 15·5 3 P+N + A (mm) B (mm) C (mm) D (mm) Ø clamping and grip (mm) 0·150 155 55 78·5 55 8 to 15·5 0·179 162 61·5 85 60 T 8 to 15·5 0·212 170 69 93·5 66 8 to 15·5 0·240 189 69 97·5 70·5 11·5 to 22 0·265 191 71 97·5 70·5 11·5 to 22 0·305 197 77 77 11·5 to 22 LV 32 A LV 32 A 2 P+ Weight (kg) LV 16 A LV 16 A T 3 P+T C B C D T T T 0·217 179 134 78 70·5 11·5 to 22 2 P+ 0·234 179 134 78 70·5 11·5 to 22 3 P+ 0·276 189 144 86 77 11·5 to 22 3 P+N + ■ P 17 Tempra IP 44 .1 x 6 mm2 rigid cable 331 . 329) ■ Mobile sockets .

ØA ØB C D E F (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Product T T 16 A – 3 P +N + T 32 A – 2 P + T.P 17 Tempra® IP 44 . Nos. 311) C B 56 124 60 Weight (kg) A (mm) B (mm) C (mm) Ø clamping and grip (mm) 0·180 139 72·5 78·5 8 to 14 0·215 144 81 89·5 0·275 160 86·5 92 10 to 17·5 0·320 171 94·5 103 10 to 17·5 0·320 171 94·5 103 12 to 21·5 0·387 177 109 12 to 21·5 LV 16 A 2 P+ 3 P+ T T 3 P+N+ T 8 to 14 LV 32 A 2 P+ 3 P+ T T 3 P+N+ 332 T 101 . 3 P + T. 0521 01 16 A 2 P + 230 V plug to 13 A 3 pin BS socket A ■ Adaptor from IEC to BS (p. 3 P + T 32 A – 3 P +N + T 63 A – 2 P + T. 329) Ø T 84 Cat. 329) H CE A Ø F H C PG I G B D G B D CE Ø Weight A B C D F G H CE Ø clamping (kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) and grip (mm) LV 16 A 2 P+ 3 P+ T T 3P+N+ T 0·168 84 84 72 72 77 126 34 M 20 4·3 0·232 84 84 72 72 84 134 34 M 20 4·3 0·256 84 84 72 72 91 141 34 M 20 4·3 Weight A (kg) (mm) T 3 P +T 2P+ 3P+ 3P+N+ T 0·325 110 110 98 98 96 168 39 M 25 5·3 0·325 110 110 98 98 96 168 39 M 25 5·3 0·364 110 110 98 98 102 168 39 M 25 5·3 C D F G H I CE Ø (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) LV 16 A LV 32 A 2P+ B (mm) T T 3P+N+ T 0·230 84 84 73 72 94 112 20 130 M 20 4·3 0·289 100 100 88 87 108 128 24 154 M 20 4·3 0·317 100 100 88 87 110 129 24 157 M 20 4·3 0·425 110 110 98 97 126 146 30 175 M 25 5·3 0·425 110 110 98 97 126 146 30 175 M 25 5·3 0·467 110 110 98 97 136 170·5 30 205 M 25 5·3 LV 32 A 2P+ 3P+ T T T ■ Appliance inlet covers (p. No.LV 16 and 32 A P 17 Tempra® IP 66/67 . 311) 3P+N+ 16/32/63 A ■ Straight plugs (p. 329) F A C ■ Surface mounting sockets (p. 3 P +N + T 2 P+ 3 P+ 3 P+N+ 0521 25 16 A – 2 P + 38 50 26 18 140 200 0521 26 16 A – 3 P + 43 55 26 18 150 215 2 P+ 50 62 26 18 160 232 3 P+ 0521 27 0527 99 0536 99 T T T 8 to 14 LV 32 A T T 3 P+N+ 56 68 26 18 167 248 62 74 26 18 205 290 T 101 12 to 21·5 12 to 21·5 ■ Mobile sockets (p.LV 16 and 32 A plastic (continued) plastic IP 66/67 conforms to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529 IK 09 conforms to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 ■ Appliance inlets (p. 329) Ø A C D F ØA A ØB Ø B E Weight (kg) A (mm) B (mm) Ø clamping and grip (mm) 0·180 122 72·5 8 to 14 0·215 126 81 0·275 142 86·5 10 to 17·5 0·320 152 94·5 10 to 17·5 0·320 152 94·5 0·387 158 LV 16 A Cat.

260 236 155 326 M 25/32 65 Ø 5. 329) ■ Mobile sockets (p.3 plastic 15 40 M 40 70 Fix.P 17 Tempra® IP 66/67 . 329) ■ Surface mounting sockets (p. 329) ØA 300 / 310 3 P+ Ø clamping and grip (mm) Ø 136 3 P+ T 3 P+N+ Ø 131 Weight Ø A clamping and grip (mm) (kg) T 1·4 26 to 43 1·53 28·5 333 .LV 63 A P 17 Tempra® IP 66/67 .3 30 ° 300 Fix. 329) plastic 230 170 131 118 M 50 220 162 M 32 M 20 53 8 8 Ø 6.5 Ø 131 T 3 P+N + T Weight (kg) Mobile Straight plugs sockets 19·3 to 28·5 0·57 0·78 21·3 to 31·3 0·64 0·85 3 P+ T 3 P+N+ Weight Ø A clamping (kg) and grip (mm) T 1·1 26 to 43 1·22 28·5 ■ Mobile sockets (p.LV 125 A IP 66/67 conforms to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529 Sockets IK 09 conform to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 IP 66/67 conforms to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529 Sockets IK 09 conform to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 ■ Surface mounting sockets (p. 152 3 P+ T 3 P +N+ Weight (kg) T 0·90 3 P+ 0·95 T 3 P +N+ ■ Straight plugs (p.5 113. 329) 262 Weight (kg) T 2·6 2·73 ■ Straight plugs (p. 329) 270 / 280 262/267 238/243 ØA 113.

336) IP 44 Pack With DIN rail 125 x 280 mm IP 55 Cat. Pack Cat. 1 0589 10 1 0572 99 LV 380 to 415 V 50/60 Hz 63 A 3P+N+ T Larger self assembly and factory configured units available on request Contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333 334 . Nos.P 17 Tempra® IP 44. IP 55 and IP 66 combined units plastic surface mounting LV 16/32/63 A 16/32 A INTERLOCKED SWITCHED SOCKETS Without protection 125 x 220 mm IK 08 according to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 Self-extinguishing : 650 °C according to BS EN 60695-2-1 and IEC 60695-2-1 Temp. rating : –20 °C to +100 °C without protection device (switch only) Technical information and dimensions (p. Nos. IP 44 IP 66 Pack Cat. Nos. LV 100 to 130 V 50/60 Hz 200 to 250 V 50/60 Hz 16 A 16 A 32 A 16 A T 2P+T 2P+T 3P+T 2P+ 3P+N+ 380 to 415 V 50/60 Hz 3P+ 32 A T T 3P+N+ T 1 0566 00 1 0566 20 1 0566 40 1 – 1 0566 01 1 0566 21 1 0566 41 1 0566 61 1 0566 09 1 0566 29 1 0566 49 1 0566 69 1 0566 05 1 0566 25 1 0566 45 1 0566 65 1 0566 06 1 0566 26 1 0566 46 1 0566 66 1 0566 13 1 0566 33 1 0566 53 1 0566 73 1 0566 14 1 0566 34 1 0566 54 1 0566 74 63 A INTERLOCKED SWITCHED SOCKETS IK 08 according to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 Self-extinguishing : 650 °C according to BS EN 60695-2-1 and IEC 60695-2-1 Temp. Nos. Nos. rating : –20 °C to +100 °C without protection device (switch only) Technical information and dimensions (p. 336) Without protection 125 x 421 mm With DIN rail 125 x 501 mm IP 66 IP 66 Pack Cat. Pack Cat. Pack Cat. Nos.

Nos. 8 0539 48 LV 200 to 250 V 50/60 Hz 16 A 32 A 16 A T 2P+T 3P+T 2P+ 3P+N+ 380 to 415 V 50/60 Hz 3P+ 32 A T 3P+N+ T T 10 0576 11 – 10 0576 12 – 10 0576 17 – 10 0576 23 – 10 0576 18 – 10 0576 24 – (1) Supplied with one blank plate 335 . 337) Example of composition Pack Cat. rating : –20 °C to +100 °C without protection device (switch only) BASES FOR 125 x 220 MM FACEPLATES 16/32 . Nos. 0577 13(1) SOCKETS AND MODULE ADAPTOR FOR SELF ASSEMBLY COMBINED UNITS Combined unit (RCD extra) Panel mounting sockets with modular fixing centres Legrand module adaptor IP 44 IP 55 Note : Up to 9 socket units available on request Pack Legrand module adaptor Cat. Pack Cat. Nos. Pack 5 0577 12 5 Socket(s) Cat.63 A 16/32 . Nos. Pack Cat. Nos.63 A 12 module rail 18 module rail Surface mounting box Technical information and dimensions (p.32 A 16 A Faceplate Pack Cat. 2 0577 10 1 0577 05 1 0577 06 Base 125 x 220 MM FACEPLATES 16 . Nos.63 A 16/32 . Nos. – Pack Cat.P 17 Tempra® IP 44 and IP 55 self assembly combined units IK 08 according to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 Self-extinguishing : 650 °C according to BS EN 60695-2-1 and IEC 60695-2-1 Temp.

P 17 Tempra® IP 44. 334) Cat. IP 66 according to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529 IK 08 according to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 Switch ratings (p. A B C D (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 125 127 122 0566 20/21 220 125 133 128 0566 05 220 125 129 124 0566 25 220 125 134 129 3 P+N+ 0566 06 220 125 130 125 0566 26 220 125 135 130 2 P+ T 0566 09 220 125 138 133 0566 29 220 125 143 138 3 P+ T 0566 13 220 125 138 133 0566 33 220 125 143 138 0566 14 220 125 139 134 0566 34 220 125 144 139 T 32 A T 3 P+N+ ■ Interlocked switched sockets with DIN rail . IP 55. Nos. Nos. 334) D 550 IP 44 Cat. 334) C D A B IP 44 Cat. 340) ■ Interlocked switched sockets with DIN rail . Nos. Nos. LV 16 A 2 P+ T 3 P+ T LV IP 66 Cat. Nos.IP 66 LV 63 A (p. IP 55 and IP 66 combined units plastic surface mounting 16/32/63 A IP 44. A B C D (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 125 155 135 0566 61 300 125 155 135 0566 45 290 125 155 135 0566 65 300 125 155 135 3 P+N+ 0566 46 290 125 155 135 0566 66 300 125 155 135 2 P+ T 0566 49 295 125 155 145 0566 69 310 125 155 145 3 P+ T 0566 53 295 125 155 145 0566 73 310 125 155 145 0566 54 295 125 155 145 0566 74 310 125 155 145 T 3 P+N+ 336 A B C D (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 0566 40/41 290 T 32 A 122 501 C A B 125 175 . LV 16 A 2 P+ T 3 P+ T LV A B C D (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 0566 00/01 220 IP 55 Cat. 0589 10/0572 99 ■ Interlocked switched sockets without protection .IP 44 / IP 66 LV 16/32 A (p.IP 44/IP 55 LV 16/32 A (p.

5 Ø 4. 0577 13 125 220 125 337 .5 91.5 31 125 Fix. M20 140 T T T T T T C D (mm) (mm) 25 400 V ± 3 phase 16 A 32 A 8·4 kW 16·8 kW 63 A AC22 33 kW AC23B 33 kW 76.5 140 18 ■ Faceplates modular fixing centre sockets (p. 0577 10 31 Max. No. M32 AC23 Max. 174 76.2 ød Fix.P 17 Tempra® IP 44 and IP 55 combined units plastic surface mounting 16/32 A ■ LV 16/32 A . 0577 06 76. M32 84 B C 25 18 Max.3 – – 3P+N+ 0576 23 Plastic 0·165 84 43 36. 335) Cat.86 D Base Cat.IP 44 with modular fixing centres (p. M25 Cat. 0577 12 Cat. Nos. 334) Usage category 441 Fix. M32 220 10 A 441 max. 0577 05 3P+ 3P+ 3P+N+ ød d1 (mm) (mm) 0576 18 0576 24 ■ P 17 switch ratings (p. No.2 70 122 265 Fix. No. Material Weight (Kg) A (mm) B (mm) 0576 11 Plastic 0·110 84 42 33 83. 335) ■ Box and bases without DIN rail (p. 95 5 d1 5 70 35 max. No. 314 5 4. 350 Fix.5 16 A 2P+ 405 122 31 Fix. M25 Ø 76. 350 Max.5 100 – – 2P+ 0576 12 Plastic 0·220 94 54 44 112 – – Plastic 0·255 94 54 45 120 8 36 25 52 88 32 A Base Cat. No.5 – – 0576 17 Plastic 0·140 84 43 34. 335) Box Cat.

Nos. female connection 10 pin type 10 10 10 (1) CT6859 Socket with male connection CT6860 Plug with female connection CT6860/H Plug with hook. female connection Socket with male connection Plug with female connection Single pin 300 A continuous rated ≤ 3 hours(1) (400 A intermittently) 7 pin type (1) with white interior 10 10 10 Heavy duty 24 volt connectors (continued) 3 pin 25 A continuous rated(1) (45 A intermittently) (1) Silver plated pins and socket tubes accept single core cables which are sweated into the plug and socket Designed for battery charging or vehicle starting 10 10 10 10 1 1 CT6877 CT6880 CT6878 CT6879 CTTC10203 CTTC10204 Socket with male connection (supply) Socket with female connection (return) Plug with female connection (supply) Plug with male connection (return) Set comprising : 1 x CT6877 + 1 x CT6878 Set comprising : 1 x CT6880 + 1 x CT6879 Auxiliary 24 volt connectors 3 pin small 5 A continuous rated(2) Brass pins and socket tubes Designed for trailer lighting and heating applications 1 1 CT6745 CT6744 Socket with female connection Plug with male connection Accessories 10 10 (1) Zinc based alloy case with a zinc and trivalent chromium passivation finish providing a high degree of corrosion protection that exceeds the required salt spray tests 338 CT6764 Dust cover (boot) for rear protection of socket Can be used with 7. female connection Brass pins and socket tubes Designed for tail lift applications 10 10 CT6870 CT6871 CT6936 Supplementary ISO socket with male connection CT6937 Supplementary ISO plug with female connection CT6937/H Supplementary ISO plug with hook. 10 and 3 pin heavy duty connectors CT6881 Parking bracket for plug Can be used with 7 and 3 pin heavy duty connectors (1) Zinc based alloy case with a zinc and trivalent chromium passivation finish providing a high degree of corrosion protection that exceeds the required salt spray tests (2) Brass case with nickel plated finish for maximum corrosion protection . Nos. 7 pin type with black interior Unique nickel plated brass pins and socket tubes with beryllium copper circlips that provide exceptional performance 10 10 10 CT6895 Normal ISO socket with male connection CT6896 Normal ISO plug with female connection CT6896/H Normal ISO plug with hook. Heavy duty 24 volt connectors Pack Cat.Clang® trailer plugs and sockets heavy duty extra low voltage CT6896 CT6936 CT6859 CT6937/H CT6860 CT6870 CT6871 CT6877 CT6878 CT6745 CT6744 7 pin types conform to : ISO 1185 for normal connectors (black interior) ISO 3731 for supplementary connectors (white interior) Pack Cat.

No. No.Clang® trailer plugs and sockets heavy duty 24 volt connectors ■ Dimensions (mm) 3 pin 25 A continuous rated 7 pin type with black interior Cat. CT6870 Cat. No. No. CT6877 14·7 Ø5·15 43·1 R19·05 100·0 47·6 57·4 51·3 64·67 R38·1 31·8 39·7 50·8 Ø5·15 Ø47·2 Cat. No. No. CT6764 34·9 Ø8·73 25·0 3·96 74·6 53·0 Cat. CT6936 39·7 50 Ø47·2 8 Ø8·4 38 34·9 Ø8·73 3·96 Ø 74·6 31·1 13·5 74·6 99·6 38 ■ Auxillary 24 volt connectors 3 pin small 5 A continuous rated Cat. CT6744 47·6 Ø31·75 39·7 14·6 Ø47·2 6·8 19 34·9 Ø8·73 46·4 18·7 10 38·1 3·96 74·6 339 . CT6895 100 Ø46·5 47·6 53·9 100·04 39·7 R12·5 70·13 47·2 Ø8·4 28·5 41·77 34·9 Ø8·73 74·6 CRS 9·89 3·96 44·4 Cat. CT6880 5 100 47·6 Ø45·2 52·26 44·4 7 pin type with white interior Cat. CT6881 R7·9 15·8 74·6 Single pin 300 A continuous rated Cat. CT6859 100 Cat. No. No. No. No. CT6937 Cat. CT6745 55·6 120° 42·4 27·58 Ø4·8 R11·1 4·7 Ø38 R23·81 88·9 Ø57·15 2·54 10 pin type 24·76 Cat. No.

IEC 60309-1 and IEC 60309-2 ■ Voltage identification Colours specified by standards and the clock indexing of the contact tubes in socket outlets ■ With Legrand Hypra and P 17 Tempra industrial plugs and sockets. your installations will comply fully with international standards : • Standard IEC 60309-1 : this defines the safety regulations (protection of workers) which should be observed in the manufacture of industrial power sockets and plugs • Standard IEC 60309-2 : this defines the interchangeability regulations for the dimensions of equipment with pins and sockets These safety regulations. BS EN 60309-2. ELV by position of the minor keyway ± 50 – 60 Hz Violet = White ± 50 – 60 Hz White 24 V 42 V 42 V ± ± 40 to 50 V 20 to 25 V 20 to 25 V and 40 to 50 V D.8 kW 33 kW AC 3 8·4 kW 16. It is prudent to go one step further and insist on equipment which ensures the safety of the persons as a priority as well as ease of operation. Many manufacturers therefore use sockets which incorporate a switch.C. Prisinter rating and contact sizes • Terminal connection capacity Hypra/P 17 Tempra ELV 16/32 A 1 x 10 mm (A + B) LV 16 A 1 x 4 mm (A) 1 x 2·5 mm (B) LV 32 A 1 x 10 mm (A) 1 x 6 mm (B) LV 63 A 1 x 25 mm (A) 1 x 16 mm (B) LV 125 A 1 x 70 mm (A) 1 x 50 mm (B) (A) Panel mounting sockets (B) Mobile sockets and plugs 340 • Hypra Prisinter breaking capacity for 3 x 400 V according to IEC 60947-1-3 ± Category 16 A 32 A 63 A AC 1 16 A 32 A 63 A AC 23 8·4 kW 16.industrial plugs and sockets to International Standards Conform to BS EN 60309-1. no minor keyway 2P major keyway 3P 2P 3P minor keyway at 12 h minor keyway at 10 h major keyway major keyway LV by the position of the earth contact tube in relation to the major keyway in the socket outlets ± 50 – 60 Hz Yellow ± 50 – 60 Hz Blue 110 V ± 110 to 130 V earth contact tube 4h 4h 2P+E 110 to 130 V 3P+E 100 to 130 V 400 V 230 V 200 to 250 V ± 6h 9h 2P+E 200 to 250 V 3P+E 200 to 250 V 4h 50 – 60 Hz Red ± 380 to 415 V 9h 6h 2P+E 380 to 415 V 3P+E 380 to 415 V 9h 3P+N+E 57/100 to 75/130 V 3P+N+E 120/208 to 144/250 V 6h keyway keyway keyway 500 V ± 3P+N+E 200/340 to 240/415 V ± ± 50 – 60 Hz Black > 50 to 500 V 100 to 300 Hz inclusive Green earth contact tube 10h 7h earth contact tube keyway keyway 3P+E 3P+E ■ Terminal connection capacity.8 kW 33 kW • Diameters of pins or contact tubes (mm) 24 V 42 V 42 V ± ±= 110 V 230 V 400 V 440 V 500 V ± ± ± ± ± 16 A 32 A 63 A 125 A Phase 6 6 – – Phase + Neutral 5 6 8 10 Earth 7 8 10 12 Pilot – – 6 6 . define the safety conditions necessary for normal operation. to avoid on-load disconnection (eg : Hypra Prisinter). together with the requirements of standard BS EN 60309-1.

co.09.PDF INDUSTRIAL RANGE .co.Industrial Range Technical Support: Tel: 0870 608 9020 Fax: 0870 608 9021 E-mail: technical.uk@legrand.uk 2011/12 global specialist in electrical and DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES Distributor: catalogUE Head Office (UK and Ireland): Great King Street North. Industrial catalogue .Contact details United Kingdom Great King Street North. Birmingham. B19 2LF Customer Sevices: Tel: 0845 605 4333 Fax: 0845 605 4334 E-mail: legrand.uk 2011 /12 Catalogue .sales@legrand. Birmingham.uk The Legrand logo is a registered trademark of the Legrand group of companies. B19 2LF Tel: +44 (0)870 608 9000 Fax: +44 (0)870 608 9004 Website: www.legrand.2011.co.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful